WO2023208166A1 - Method for timing indication and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Method for timing indication and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023208166A1
WO2023208166A1 PCT/CN2023/091451 CN2023091451W WO2023208166A1 WO 2023208166 A1 WO2023208166 A1 WO 2023208166A1 CN 2023091451 W CN2023091451 W CN 2023091451W WO 2023208166 A1 WO2023208166 A1 WO 2023208166A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
target
terminal device
timing
reference signal
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/091451
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
袁世通
樊波
李芳�
陈雷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023208166A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023208166A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001Synchronization between nodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1221Wireless traffic scheduling based on age of data to be sent

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a timing indication method and a communication device.
  • the network device can estimate the timing advance of the terminal device through the physical random access channel (PRACH) or the uplink sounding reference signal (SRS) of the terminal device, and respond through the random access response (random access response, RAR) or timing advance command (timing advance command, TAC) to notify the terminal device of the timing advance, so that the terminal device can use the timing advance to perform scheduled uplink transmission, so that the network device can correctly receive the terminal Uplink data sent by the device.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • SRS uplink sounding reference signal
  • RAR random access response
  • TAC timing advance command
  • terminal devices can only perform scheduled uplink transmission based on the timing advance that has been issued by a network device.
  • TRPs transmission reception points
  • the terminal The existing timing advance of the device cannot be used by the terminal device to communicate with multiple TRPs.
  • This application provides a timing indication method, which enables network equipment to promptly learn the timing out-of-range status of terminal equipment, so as to facilitate configuring appropriate uplink transmission timing for terminal equipment.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding communication devices, communication systems, computer-readable storage media, computer program products, etc.
  • the first aspect of this application provides a method for timing indication, including:
  • the terminal device receives the first reference signal sent by the network device; the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal; the terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the target Whether the timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to notify the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device Then, the terminal device can be configured in advance with the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • TRPs transmission reception points
  • the method further includes: the terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report of the first reference signal; the above steps: the terminal device sends the timing indication information and the target to the network device At least one of the timing differences includes: the terminal device sends a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device, and at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
  • the above provides some possible implementation methods for the terminal device to send at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the measurement report Through the measurement report, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference can be notified to the network device, preferably The measurement report is utilized, which saves the network overhead caused by sending at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference through separate signaling or messages.
  • At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the first message. Two messages in progress.
  • the above provides some possible implementation methods for the terminal device to send at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information and the target timing difference are notified to the network device through one message or two messages, so that there is no need to modify the current
  • the format of the measurement report can be added with the above-mentioned new function of notifying the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, which facilitates the launch of new functions.
  • a second aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication.
  • the method includes: a terminal device measuring a first reference signal sent by a network device; the terminal device determining a target timing difference based on the first reference signal; and the terminal device sending the first reference signal to the network device.
  • the measurement report/first message of the signal includes at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • a third aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication.
  • the method includes: a terminal device measuring a first reference signal sent by a network device to determine a target timing difference; and the terminal device sending a measurement report/th of the first reference signal to the network device.
  • a message, the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to notify the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • the fourth aspect of this application provides a method for timing indication, which method includes:
  • the terminal device measures the first reference signal sent by the network device; the terminal device sends a measurement report/first message to the network device, the measurement report/first message includes timing indication information, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the uplink determined based on the first reference signal. Whether the transmission timing is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction.
  • the terminal device may send timing indication information to the network device based on the measurement of the first reference signal to notify the network device whether the current first uplink transmission timing is suitable for use in the first reference signal. If uplink transmission in the signal direction is not applicable, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the second uplink transmission timing for the terminal device that is suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal. Whether it is applicable to the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the first reference signal direction.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives a second reference signal, and the second reference signal is transmitted from the network device to the terminal through a synchronization signal block (SSB).
  • the synchronization signal sent by the device, or the second reference signal and the first reference signal are a pair of signals received by the terminal device, and belong to different measurement resource sets.
  • the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, including: the terminal device determines the reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference.
  • sending the synchronization signal to the terminal device through SSB can be understood as sending SSB to the terminal device.
  • the reception timing difference of the two reference signals can be quickly determined through the second reference signal that is a mutual reference to the first reference signal, and thus the target timing difference can be quickly determined.
  • the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, including: determining the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal as the target timing difference.
  • the timing difference refers to the downlink synchronization time determined by the terminal equipment based on different downlink signals plus the current timing advance (timing advance, TA) when the airspace receiving filter that receives the first reference signal is used as the transmitting airspace filter for uplink transmission. ) is the time difference of the uplink timing obtained.
  • This possible implementation provides another way to quickly determine the target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that: the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam;
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the beam through which the terminal equipment receives the first reference signal.
  • the uplink transmission beam determined as a reference.
  • the target beam may be a beam that is the same or similar in direction to the beam that receives the first reference signal.
  • the uplink transmission timing determined based on the beam of the first reference signal can be better suitable for use in Uplink transmission on the target beam, thereby improving the success rate of uplink transmission on the target beam.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the airspace in which the terminal device will receive the first reference signal.
  • the reception filter is used as an air domain filter for uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the terminal equipment to receive the air domain reception filter of the first reference signal as Spatial filter for uplink transmission.
  • This possible implementation provides another way of expressing whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives from Configuration information of the network device.
  • the configuration information includes first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  • the terminal device can report the target timing difference according to the first instruction information of the network device in the configuration information, so that the network device can use the target timing difference to more accurately calculate the target timing difference suitable for the terminal device to perform on the target beam.
  • Uplink send timing for uplink send is
  • the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an index of the SSB, a channel state information reference signal CSI- At least one index among the resource index of the RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the network device may also configure information associated with the first indication information in the configuration information, specifying the reference signal that needs to report the target timing difference. In this way, the terminal device can report the target timing difference only based on the specific reference signal based on the information associated with the first indication information, thereby achieving targeted reporting of the target timing difference.
  • the configuration information further includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report a reference that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the target timing difference is reported.
  • the terminal device needs to report the target timing difference in a targeted manner according to the indication of the quasi-colocation indication information.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device reporting capability information to the network device, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: Whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal equipment supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal equipment Support reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
  • the terminal device reports capability information to the network device, which is helpful for the network device to configure accordingly according to the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, only terminal devices with target timing difference reporting capabilities will be configured as described above. first indication information, etc., thereby realizing effective communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value, such as 0 or 1, to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the corresponding instruction function is completed in a simple way and with the smallest bytes.
  • the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
  • 2 bits or 3 bits can be used to indicate not only whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, but also how much the target timing difference is, such as how many cyclic prefixes (CPs) are exceeded.
  • CPs cyclic prefixes
  • two pieces of information are transmitted as a multi-bit binary value, which simplifies the representation of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set indicates whether the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing.
  • capability values or capability values set (capability values set) describe the transmission capabilities of the terminal device.
  • antenna panels with different numbers of ports have different capability values or capability value sets. .
  • the number of antenna ports is usually fixed and does not change at any time when signals are received.
  • the capability value or capability value set of the same antenna panel with the same number of ports is usually the same.
  • This method uses the expression of ability value or ability value set. If it is determined that the target timing difference is out of range, the target ability value or target ability value set is modified. For example, the ability value originally expressed as 1 is changed to the previous initial value.
  • the reported capability value of the terminal device is represented by a value 3 that does not appear. In this way, the ability value or the ability value set can be used to express the timing indication information, and the expression method of the timing indication information is added.
  • the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is a sounding reference signal (SRS) when the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. ) port’s capability value or capability value set.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the number of SRS ports can also be understood as the number of ports on the antenna panel of the terminal device.
  • the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; When the target capability values or target capability value sets of several SRS ports are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the measurement report contains multiple target capability values or multiple target capability value sets, there are at least two target capability values or at least two target capability value sets corresponding to the SRS of the SRS port. If the number of ports is the same, but the at least two target capability values or at least two target capability value sets are different, it may also indicate that the target timing difference is out of range.
  • the method before the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the terminal device to the network device
  • the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device.
  • the terminal device will report the initial capability value or the initial capability value set of the terminal device in advance, so that when the terminal device reports the target capability value or the target capability value set, the network device can compare the initial capability value and the set of target capability values.
  • the target ability value determines whether the target timing difference is out of range.
  • the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate the target timing.
  • the difference exceeds the timing range; or the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the target uplink transmission timing from the network device, and the target uplink transmission timing is determined by the network device when the target timing difference exceeds the range; The terminal device performs uplink transmission on the target beam according to the target uplink transmission timing.
  • the target beam is the uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives the target uplink transmission timing, it can use the target uplink transmission timing to perform uplink transmission on the corresponding target beam, which can improve the success rate of uplink transmission in the direction of the target beam. .
  • a fifth aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication, including: a network device sending a first reference signal to a terminal device; the network device receiving at least one of timing indication information from the terminal device and a target timing difference, where the target timing difference is The terminal device determines based on the first reference signal; the network device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the network device can determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information from the terminal device and the target timing difference. If it exceeds the range, the network device receives the first reference After receiving the signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • the network device receives at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference from the terminal device, including: the network device receives the first reference signal from the terminal device.
  • the measurement report, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
  • At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the first message. Two messages in progress.
  • a sixth aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication.
  • the method includes: a network device sends a first reference signal to a terminal device; the network device receives a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device, and the measurement report/ The first message includes at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal; the network device determines the target timing according to at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference. Whether the difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the network device sends at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • a seventh aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication.
  • the method includes: a network device sends a first reference signal to a terminal device; the network device receives a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device, the measurement report/ The first message includes timing indication information.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction; the network device determines based on the first reference signal based on the timing indication information. Whether the uplink transmission timing determined by the reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction.
  • the network device can determine whether the current first uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal based on the timing indication information. If it is not applicable, the terminal device receives the first uplink transmission timing. After receiving the reference signal, the network device can configure the terminal device in advance in a manner suitable for the first reference signal. The second uplink transmission timing is used for uplink transmission. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • the network device also receives a target timing difference from the terminal device. Whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the terminal. The device transmits uplink in the direction of the first reference signal.
  • the method further includes: when the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, the network device determines the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device; the network device sends the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal device. Transmission timing, the target uplink transmission timing is used for the terminal device to transmit uplink on the target beam.
  • the target beam is the uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that: the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam;
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the beam through which the terminal equipment receives the first reference signal.
  • the uplink transmission beam determined as a reference.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the airspace where the terminal device will receive the first reference signal.
  • the reception filter is used as an air domain filter for uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the terminal equipment to receive the air domain reception filter of the first reference signal as Spatial filter for uplink transmission.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information includes first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  • the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an index of the SSB, the channel state information reference signal CSI- At least one index among the resource index of the RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the configuration information further includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report a reference that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the target timing difference is reported.
  • the method before the network device sends the configuration information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: Whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal equipment supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal equipment Support reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information is a 1-bit binary number. value to represent.
  • the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
  • the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, having the same SRS port number When the target capability values or target capability value sets of several SRS ports are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device determines the target timing difference for the terminal device. Whether the detection reference signal SRS port capability value or capability value set exceeds the timing range; the network device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference, including: the network device sets the target The capability value is compared with the initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with the initial capability value set, where the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is the SRS when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device.
  • the port's capability value or capability value set if the target capability value is different from the terminal device's initial capability value, or the target capability value set is different from the terminal device's initial capability value set, the network device determines that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; if The target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: then the network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • An eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive the first reference signal sent by the network device.
  • a processing module configured to determine a target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference to the network device.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the processing module is also configured to measure the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report of the first reference signal.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to send a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device. At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
  • At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the second message middle.
  • a ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a processing module configured to measure the first reference signal sent by the network device and determine the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
  • a transceiver module configured to send a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal to the network device, where the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the target timing difference. Whether it exceeds the timing range.
  • a tenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a processing module configured to measure the first reference signal sent by the network device to determine the target timing difference.
  • a transceiver module configured to send a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal to the network device, where the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the target timing difference. Whether it exceeds the timing range.
  • An eleventh aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a processing module configured to measure the first reference signal sent by the network device.
  • a transceiver module configured to send a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal to the network device, where the measurement report/first message includes timing indication information, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is applicable. Based on the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the direction of the first reference signal.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal. Whether it is applicable to the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the first reference signal direction.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine the reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference; wherein, the second reference signal It is a synchronization signal sent by the network device to the terminal device through SSB, or the second reference signal and the first reference signal are a pair of signals that the terminal device starts receiving at the same time, and belong to different measurement resource sets.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal as the target timing difference, where the expected uplink timing difference refers to the received
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal as the target timing difference, where the expected uplink timing difference refers to the received
  • the downlink synchronization time determined by the terminal device based on different downlink signals is added to the uplink timing time difference obtained by the current timing advance TA.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam. ; Or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the terminal equipment to receive the first reference signal. The beam is used as the reference determined uplink transmission beam.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the time when the terminal device will receive the first reference signal.
  • the airspace receiving filter serves as an airspace filter for uplink transmission; alternatively, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the airspace receiving filter where the terminal equipment will receive the first reference signal.
  • a spatial filter for uplink transmission is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the time when the terminal device will receive the first reference signal.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report Target timing difference.
  • the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an index of the SSB, a channel state information reference signal CSI - at least one index among the resource index of the RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the configuration information also includes quasi-colocation indication information,
  • the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of a reference signal that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive configuration information from the network device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device reports capability information to the network device, and the capability information includes At least one of the following: whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, whether the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal equipment supports determining target timing based on the first reference signal difference, whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value.
  • the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set indicates whether the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds The uplink transmission capability value or capability value set within the timing range.
  • the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is the capability value or capability value of the SRS port when the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. gather.
  • the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, having the same SRS port number does not indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the target capability values or target capability value sets of the SRS ports of the port number are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device to the network device; wherein the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device
  • the capability value set is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device.
  • the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate the target The timing difference exceeds the timing range; or the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the target uplink transmission timing from the network device, and the target uplink transmission timing is determined by the network device when the target timing difference exceeds the range;
  • the terminal device performs uplink transmission on the target beam according to the target uplink transmission timing.
  • the target beam is the uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
  • the transceiver module is used to perform the operations of receiving and sending in any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any implementation manner.
  • the processing module is configured to perform operations as processed in any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any implementation manner.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to send a first reference signal to the terminal device, and receive at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference from the terminal device.
  • the target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal.
  • a processing module configured to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to receive a measurement report of the first reference signal from the terminal device, and at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report .
  • At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the first message. In the second message.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to send a first reference signal to a terminal device, and receive a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device, where the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference. Item, the target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal.
  • a processing module configured to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to send a first reference signal to a terminal device and receive a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device.
  • the measurement report/first message includes timing indication information, and the timing indication information is used to indicate based on Whether the uplink transmission timing determined by the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the direction of the first reference signal.
  • a processing module configured to determine, according to the timing indication information, whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the direction of the first reference signal.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive a target timing difference from the terminal device. Whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal. Whether it is applicable to the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the first reference signal direction.
  • the processing module is also used to determine the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device when the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal equipment.
  • the target uplink transmission timing is used for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam.
  • the target beam is the uplink transmission determined by the terminal equipment using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference. beam.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is not suitable for the terminal equipment on the target beam. uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the terminal equipment to receive the first The beam of the reference signal is used as the reference determined uplink transmission beam.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the terminal device to receive the first
  • the airspace reception filter of the reference signal is used as the airspace filter for uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the airspace where the terminal equipment will receive the first reference signal.
  • the receive filter serves as a spatial filter for uplink transmission.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  • the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes the index of the SSB, the channel state information At least one index among the resource index of the reference signal CSI-RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index. Difference.
  • the configuration information also includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report that the reference signal corresponding to at least one index has quasi-colocation.
  • the target timing difference is reported.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive capability information from the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, and the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal device for timing measurement based on downlink signals. Greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal device supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value.
  • the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set
  • the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is the terminal device.
  • the capability value or capability value set of the sounding reference signal SRS port when determining whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same number of SRS ports do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, When the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the processing module is specifically used to compare the target capability value with the initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with the initial capability Value sets are compared, where the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device; if the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device , or the target capability value set is different from the terminal device's initial capability value set, then the network device determines that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; if the target capability value is equal to the terminal device's initial capability value, or the target capability value set is equal to the terminal Initial capability value set of the device: The network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the transceiver module is used to perform the receiving and sending in any one of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, and any implementation manner.
  • the processing module is configured to perform operations processed in any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any implementation manner.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • Computer programs or computer instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor is used to call and run the programs stored in the memory.
  • the computer program or the computer instructions enable the processor to implement any one of the first to fourth aspects, and the operations processed by any implementation method, and the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: to implement the first to fourth aspects. Any of the four aspects, and receive and send operations in either implementation.
  • a sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • Computer programs or computer instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any An implementation handles an operation in which a transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: implementing any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and the operations of receiving and transmitting in any implementation.
  • a seventeenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to execute any implementation manner of any one of the first to fourth aspects.
  • An eighteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to execute any implementation manner of any one of the fifth to seventh aspects.
  • a nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any one of Method to realize.
  • a twentieth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any one of the following: Method to realize.
  • a twenty-first aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any one of the following: Method to realize.
  • a twenty-second aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any one of the following: Method to realize.
  • a twenty-third aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects, and Any implementation method.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
  • a twenty-fourth aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and Any implementation method.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
  • a twenty-fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes, for example, a terminal device and a network device.
  • the terminal device is used to perform any one of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects, and any implementation manner;
  • the network device is used to perform any one of the above fifth to seventh aspects, and any implementation manner.
  • a twenty-sixth aspect of the present application provides a method for reporting information, including: a terminal device receiving a first reference signal from a target cell; and the terminal device determining whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal: Whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is needed.
  • the measurement gap is used by the terminal equipment to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell.
  • the target time difference is the signal reception time difference and the signal arrival time. Difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell.
  • the signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the signal from the serving cell and the signal from the target cell reaching the terminal device.
  • the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the signal from the serving cell and the signal from the target cell. The time difference between the synchronization signal and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
  • the target cell may be a neighboring cell of the serving cell, and the terminal device may determine whether it is necessary based on the measurement of the first reference signal of the neighboring cell, the reception of the first reference signal, or the measurement result of the first reference signal. Measurement gap. If you need to measure the gap, you can also determine the specific value of the measurement gap or the target time difference, and then report at least one of these pieces of information to the serving cell. In this way, the serving cell can perform signal control based on the corresponding information received. , for example: within the measurement gap, the serving cell will suspend sending data or signals to the terminal device, or suspend receiving data or signals from the terminal device, thereby improving the accuracy of communication between the terminal device and the serving cell.
  • the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the terminal device determines whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal, including: the terminal device determines whether to report the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal and the target information.
  • At least one item of the target information includes the downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, the downlink timing of the serving cell, and at least one of the second reference signal.
  • the second reference signal is the reference signal of other cells except the target cell. .
  • the second reference signal is a tracking reference signal (TRS), through a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal).
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • channel status information reference signal channel status information reference signal
  • the method also includes: when there is a conflict between the execution of the first item and the second item, the terminal device executes the item with a higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item.
  • One item is to perform the measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell according to the measurement gap, and the second item is to send or receive the target resource or target signal of the serving cell.
  • the target cell can periodically send the first reference signal. After the terminal device determines whether a measurement gap is needed based on the first reference signal of the previous cycle, if the serving cell configures a corresponding measurement gap for the terminal device, In the following period, the terminal equipment can measure the first reference signal of the following period according to the measurement gap.
  • the target resource or target channel can be a special resource or special channel, such as: it can be SSB, periodic CSI-RS, periodic uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), associated downlink control channel Type0- (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH ), CSS COERSET, random access channel (PRACH) resources, sounding reference (sounding reference, SR) resources. For example: when the measurement of the periodic first reference signal according to the measurement gap overlaps with the transmission or reception of one or more of the above channels/signals, the measurement gap becomes invalid and priority is given to the reception or transmission of signals of special resources or special channels. .
  • the method further includes: after the terminal device switches from the serving cell to the target cell, reporting to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
  • the target cell becomes the current serving cell
  • the terminal device can update at least one of the previously saved measurement gaps, measurement gaps, or target time differences. Report to the current serving cell, thereby facilitating the current serving cell to accurately communicate with the terminal device.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first reference signal from the target cell, the method further includes: the terminal device reporting capability information to the serving cell, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap; Whether the terminal device supports reporting measurement gaps, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the threshold value of the measurement gap.
  • the terminal device reports whether a measurement gap is needed or reports a measurement gap, including: when the target time difference is greater than a threshold value of the measurement gap, the terminal device reports the need for a measurement gap or reports a measurement gap.
  • the measurement gap when there is a threshold value for the measurement gap, it can be determined whether to report the measurement gap based on the comparison result between the target time difference and the threshold value. If the target time difference is less than the threshold value, the measurement gap does not need to be reported. The target time difference is reported only when it is greater than the threshold value. In this way, the communication between the terminal device and the serving cell will not be stopped due to a very small target time difference.
  • the twenty-seventh aspect of this application provides a method for reporting information, including:
  • the network device receives at least one of the following information reported by the terminal device: whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell, and the target time difference It is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal equipment receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell.
  • the signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the signal of the serving cell and the signal of the target cell reaching the terminal equipment.
  • the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell; the network device communicates with the terminal device according to whether at least one of the measurement gap, the measurement gap, or the target time difference is required.
  • the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the method further includes: the network device receives capability information reported by the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting of measurement gaps, and whether the terminal device Supports reporting of threshold values for measurement gaps.
  • a twenty-eighth aspect of this application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to receive the first reference signal from the target cell
  • a processing module configured to determine, based on the first reference signal, whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell: whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to perform a measurement on the target cell or on the target.
  • the reference signal of the cell is measured.
  • the target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell.
  • the signal arrival time difference is the signal sum of the serving cell.
  • the time difference between the signal of the target cell and the terminal equipment is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
  • the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal and target information.
  • the target information includes the downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, service
  • the downlink timing of the cell, the second reference signal is the reference signal of other cells except the target cell.
  • the processing module is also used to, when the execution of the first item and the second item conflict, the terminal device executes the item with a higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item.
  • the first item is to perform the measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell according to the measurement gap
  • the second item is to send or receive the target resource or target signal of the serving cell.
  • the transceiver module is also used to report to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is needed after switching from the serving cell to the target cell.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to report capability information to the serving cell before receiving the first reference signal from the target cell.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap; Whether the reporting of measurement gaps is supported, and whether the terminal device supports reporting of the threshold value of the measurement gaps.
  • the transceiver module is also used to report the measurement gap when the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap.
  • a twenty-ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive at least one of the following information reported by the terminal device: whether a measurement gap is required, a measurement gap, or a target time difference, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell.
  • the target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell.
  • the signal arrival time difference is the signal from the serving cell and the signal from the target cell reaching the terminal.
  • the time difference of the device, the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
  • a processing module configured to communicate with the terminal device according to whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
  • the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive capability information reported by the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting of measurement gaps, and whether the terminal device supports The threshold value for reporting the measurement gap.
  • a thirty-second aspect of this application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory stores computer programs or computer instructions
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect.
  • the operations processed in the method, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: implementing the operations of receiving and transmitting as in the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-sixth aspect.
  • a thirty-first aspect of this application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory stores computer programs or computer instructions
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect.
  • the operations processed in the method, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: implementing the operations of receiving and sending in any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect.
  • the thirty-second aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps in any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect. .
  • the thirty-third aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps in any one of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect. .
  • the thirty-fourth aspect of this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions.
  • the instructions When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-sixth aspect. steps in.
  • the thirty-fifth aspect of this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions.
  • the instructions When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-seventh aspect. steps in.
  • a thirty-sixth aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect. steps in an implementation approach.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
  • a thirty-seventh aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes the twenty-seventh aspect and any of the twenty-seventh aspects. steps in an implementation.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
  • the thirty-eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes, for example, a terminal device and a network device.
  • the terminal device is used to perform the steps in the above-mentioned twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-sixth aspect.
  • the network device is used to perform the steps in the above-mentioned twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-seventh aspect.
  • the terminal device can determine the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and then send at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device to notify the network Whether the device target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmission of the terminal device in different directions in a multipoint communication scenario can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • Figure 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1B is another schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1C is another schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a timing indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3A is a schematic diagram of an example of the reporting form of the measurement report provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of another example of the reporting form of the measurement report provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of another example of the reporting form of the measurement report provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5A is a schematic diagram showing a capability value of an antenna panel in a terminal device
  • Figure 5B is a schematic diagram showing another capability value of the antenna panel in the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method for timing indication, so that network equipment can promptly learn the timing out-of-range status of terminal equipment, so as to facilitate configuring appropriate uplink transmission timing for terminal equipment.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding equipment, communication systems, computer-readable storage media, computer program products, etc. Each is explained in detail below.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD Frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • 5G network for example, 6G mobile communication system
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • the communication system applicable to this application includes terminal equipment and network equipment. Communication transmission between network equipment and terminal equipment is carried out through beams.
  • the terminal equipment and network equipment of this application are introduced below.
  • the terminal device may be a wireless terminal device capable of receiving network device scheduling and indication information.
  • a wireless end device may refer to a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with wireless connectivity capabilities, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • Devices such as handheld devices with wireless connection capabilities, or vehicle-mounted devices.
  • terminal devices are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, and mobile Internet devices.
  • MID mobile internet device
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • wireless terminals in the Internet of Vehicles Wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, smart cities wireless terminals in a city, or wireless terminals in a smart home, etc.
  • wireless terminals in the Internet of Vehicles can be vehicle-mounted equipment, vehicle equipment, vehicle-mounted modules, vehicles, etc.
  • Wireless terminals in industrial control can be cameras, robots, etc.
  • Wireless terminals in smart homes can be TVs, air conditioners, sweepers, speakers, set-top boxes, etc.
  • Network devices can be devices in a wireless network.
  • a network device is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices.
  • the network device may be a radio access network (RAN) node that connects the terminal device to the wireless network, and may also be called an access network device.
  • RAN radio access network
  • Network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC) , base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be used in 5G mobile communication systems network equipment.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • BTS home base station
  • BBU baseband unit
  • WIFI wireless fidelity
  • AP wireless relay node
  • TP transmission point
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), transmission reception point (TRP), transmission point (TP) in the new radio (NR) system; or 5G mobile communication system
  • gNB next generation base station
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • TP transmission point
  • the network device may also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point.
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • Beam is a communication resource.
  • the beam can be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other Type beam
  • the beam forming technology can be beam forming technology or other technical means.
  • Beamforming technology can be specifically digital beamforming technology, analog beamforming technology, and hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology. Different beams can be considered as different resources.
  • the beam in the NR protocol can be called spatial domain filter, spatial filter, spatial domain parameter, spatial parameter, spatial domain setting, spatial setting (spatial setting), quasi-colocation (QCL) information, QCL assumption, or QCL indication, etc.
  • the beam can be indicated by the transmission configuration indicator state (TCI-state) TCI-state parameter, or by the spatial relation parameter. Therefore, in this application, the beam can be replaced by spatial filter, spatial filter, spatial parameter, spatial parameter, spatial setting, spatial setting, QCL information, QCL assumption, QCL indication, TCI-state (including uplink TCI-state, downlink TCI-state). TCI-state), or spatial relationship, etc.
  • TCI-state including uplink TCI-state, downlink TCI-state
  • TCI-state TCI-state
  • the above terms are also equivalent to each other. Beam can also be replaced by other terms indicating beam, which is not limited in this application.
  • the beam used to transmit signals can be called transmission beam (transmission beam, Tx beam), spatial domain transmission filter (spatial domain transmission filter), spatial transmission filter (spatial transmission filter), spatial domain transmission parameter (spatial domain transmission parameter), spatial transmission parameter, spatial domain transmission setting, or spatial transmission setting.
  • the downlink transmit beam can be indicated by TCI-state.
  • the beam used to receive the signal may be called a reception beam (reception beam, Rx beam), spatial domain reception filter (spatial domain reception filter), spatial reception filter (spatial reception filter), spatial domain reception parameter (spatial domain reception parameter) or spatial reception parameter, spatial domain reception setting, or spatial reception setting.
  • the uplink transmit beam can be indicated by any one of spatial relationships, uplink TCI-state, and channel sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) resources (indicating the transmit beam using the SRS). Therefore, the uplink beam can also be replaced by SRS resources.
  • the transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after the signal is emitted by the antenna
  • the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
  • Quasi-co-location Co-location relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication characteristics. For multiple resources with co-location relationships, The same or similar communication configuration can be used. For example, if two antenna ports have a co-located relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting a symbol at one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting a symbol at the other port.
  • Large-scale characteristics may include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain, reception parameters, terminal equipment receive beam number, transmit/receive channel correlation, receive angle of arrival, receiver antenna Spatial correlation, main angle of arrival (angel-of-arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc.
  • uplink communication includes the transmission of uplink physical channels and uplink signals.
  • the uplink physical channels include random access channel (PRACH), uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), Uplink data channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH), etc.
  • the uplink signals include channel sounding signal SRS, uplink control channel demodulation reference signal (PUCCH de-modulation reference signal, PUCCH-DMRS), uplink data channel demodulation reference signal (PUSCH) de-modulation reference signal (PUSCH-DMRS), uplink phase noise tracking reference signal (PTRS), uplink positioning signal (uplink positioning RS), etc.
  • Downlink communication includes downlink physical channels and transmission of downlink signals.
  • the downlink physical channels include broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH), downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), downlink data channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), etc.
  • downlink signals include primary synchronization signal (primary synchronization signal).
  • PSS for short
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • PDCCH de-modulation reference signal PDCCH-DMRS
  • PDSCH de-modulation reference signal downlink data channel demodulation reference signal
  • PDSCH-DMRS phase noise tracking signal
  • CSI-RS channel status information reference signal
  • CRS cell reference signal
  • TRS time/frequency tracking reference signal
  • positioning RS positioning signal
  • Transmission configuration indicator The upper layer of the protocol configures QCL through TCI-state.
  • the parameters of TCI-state are used to configure a quasi-co-location relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and the DMRS of PDSCH.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • Transmission reception point (About TRP: 3GPP TR 38.912 defines: Antenna array with one or more antenna elements available to the network located at a specific geographical location for a specific area.).
  • a network node such as a base station
  • TRP Transmission reception point
  • the concept of TRP is generally introduced in 5G.
  • TRP is equivalent to the traditional base station, but in some cases, a cell may be covered by more than one TRP, but jointly covered by multiple TRPs, thereby increasing the coverage radius of the cell and greatly reducing the constant switching of terminals on the cell.
  • Antenna panel which can be the antenna panel of network equipment or the antenna panel of terminal equipment. There are usually one or more antennas on an antenna panel. These antennas are arranged into an antenna array for beamforming to form simulated beams. The antenna array can generate simulated beams pointed in different directions. That is to say, multiple analog beams can be formed on each antenna panel, and beam measurements can be used to determine which analog beam is the best for the antenna panel.
  • Terminal equipment can be equipped with multiple antenna panels. These antenna panels can be distributed in different locations and facing different directions. This can ensure that no matter which direction the terminal equipment is facing, at least one antenna panel is facing the network equipment and can communicate with the network equipment. Perform data transfer. The terminal equipment can turn on all antenna panels at the same time for transmission.
  • the terminal equipment can also use only a single antenna panel for transmission at a time, and other unused antenna panels can be turned off. Whether the antenna panel of the terminal device is in an open or closed state generally needs to be notified to the network device. That is to say, the terminal device and the network device generally need to exchange status information of the antenna panel.
  • the antenna panel refers to the antenna panel of the terminal device.
  • the antenna panel may also be represented by an antenna panel index (panel index) or the like.
  • the antenna panel can also pass through the antenna port (such as CSI-RS port, SRS port, demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port, phase tracking reference signal (PTRS) port, CRS port, time-frequency tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS) port, synchronization signal block (SSB) port, etc.) or antenna port group can also be characterized by resources (such as CSI-RS resources, SRS resources , DMRS resources, PTRS resources, cell reference signal (CRS) resources, TRS resources, SSB resources, etc.) or resource groups, or can also be characterized by a certain channel (such as PUCCH, PUSCH, physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH), PDSCH, physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel
  • Capability value set It is also called capability values in some places, and both express the same meaning.
  • the terminal equipment may have multiple antenna panels. If the terminal equipment rotates, etc., the terminal equipment needs a mechanism to report that panel switching has occurred at the base station. Since terminal equipment manufacturers do not want to directly expose the panel to the network or have the terminal equipment panel controlled by the network, the capability value set was standardized in the final standard compromise. It is a logical concept, and its content in the current protocol is a capability-the maximum number of sounding reference signal ports (sounding reference signal, SRS port). It can be understood that if multiple panels of the terminal device have the same number of supported SRS ports, they will use the corresponding capability value ID.
  • SRS port sounding reference signal
  • this ability value/ability value set may further include more content.
  • each measurement report can include a capability value ID. If the terminal equipment's previous and later measurement reports for a reference signal are associated with different capability value IDs (that is, associated with different SRS port numbers), the base station can realize that the terminal equipment uses different panels for measurement.
  • Timing advance There is a delay in signal transmission in space. The farther away the terminal device is from the network device, the greater the delay for the signal to reach the network device. The distance between different terminal devices and the network device is different, so the time difference for signals sent by different terminal devices to reach the network device is also different. In this way, when the terminal device receives the downlink signal sent by the network device and then sends the uplink signal, it will reach the network device at different times.
  • network equipment In order to ensure the orthogonality of uplink transmission and avoid intra-cell interference, network equipment requires that signals from the same subframe but different frequency domain resources arrive at the network equipment at basically aligned times, as long as they fall within the cyclic prefix (CP) range can correctly receive the uplink data sent by the terminal device. Therefore, the uplink transmission of the terminal device requires timing advance, and the timing advance of different terminal devices is different.
  • the network device estimates the timing advance of the terminal device through the PRACH or SRS sent by the terminal device, and responds through random access response (random access response, RAR) or timing advance command (TAC) to notify the terminal device.
  • RAR random access response
  • TAC timing advance command
  • the applicable scenarios of this application mainly include network devices and terminal devices, which may include single or multiple network devices and single or multiple terminal devices.
  • network devices and terminal devices which may include single or multiple network devices and single or multiple terminal devices.
  • two network devices and a single terminal device are used
  • the scenario of FIG. 1C takes a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the network device can communicate regularly with the terminal device.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes a first network device, a second network device and a terminal device.
  • the first network device provides network coverage within the cell cell0
  • the second network device provides network coverage within the cell1.
  • Cell0 is currently the serving cell of the terminal device, and the first network device and the second network device send downlink control signaling and downlink data to the terminal device based on the resources of cell0.
  • the first network device and/or the second network device may send downlink control signaling and downlink data to the terminal device through one or more beams.
  • the one or more beams used to transmit downlink control signaling and downlink data are the downlink side. Upward service beam.
  • Other beams in the first network device and/or the second network device that do not transmit downlink control signaling and downlink data for the terminal device are all non-serving beams in the downlink direction for the terminal device. Non-serving beams in the downlink direction can send reference signals to terminal devices.
  • the terminal device may also transmit uplink control signaling and uplink data to the first network device and/or the second network device through one or more beams provided by the terminal device, which one or more beams are used to transmit uplink control signaling and uplink data.
  • the beam is the service beam in the uplink direction. All other beams in the terminal device that do not transmit uplink control signaling and uplink data for the first network device and/or the second network device are non-serving beams in the uplink direction.
  • the terminal equipment may measure the first reference signal transmitted by the serving beam or the non-serving beam in the downlink direction.
  • the first reference signal may originate from the first network device or the second network device. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1A , the first reference signal originating from the second network device is taken as an example for explanation.
  • the terminal equipment measures the first reference signal and determines, based on the first reference signal, whether the current first timing advance is suitable for uplink transmission on the target beam.
  • the target beam is the uplink transmission determined with the beam receiving the first reference signal as a reference. beam.
  • the target beam has the same direction as the beam transmitting the first reference signal or the direction deviation is less than a certain angle. This angle can be determined by the terminal device, or it can be pre-configured.
  • the angle is 10 degrees or 20 degrees, and the specific value is not limited. If it is not applicable, when the terminal device sends the measurement report of the first reference signal to the second network device, it sends timing indication information to the second network device to instruct the second network device to configure the second timing advance for the terminal device so as to facilitate The terminal device uses the second timing advance to perform uplink timing communication with the second network device.
  • the terminal equipment receives the first reference signal from the target cell; the terminal equipment determines whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal: whether a measurement gap is required, a measurement gap, or Target time difference, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal equipment to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell.
  • the target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the signal received by the terminal equipment from the target cell and The time difference between receiving signals from the serving cell, the signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the serving cell signal and the target cell signal reaching the terminal device, and the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the serving cell synchronization signal and the target cell synchronization signal.
  • the target cell may be a neighboring cell of the serving cell, a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the target cell may be cell1. If the serving cell is cell1, the target cell can be cell0.
  • the target time difference may be based on the measurement of the first reference signal, the reception of the first reference signal, or the measurement result of the first reference signal to determine whether to report to the serving cell whether a measurement gap, measurement gap, or target time difference is required.
  • the terminal device may also make the determination in combination with the target information.
  • the target information includes the downlink of the serving cell and the target cell. At least one of the timing difference, the downlink timing of the serving cell, and the second reference signal, where the second reference signal is a reference signal of another cell except the target cell. Cells other than the target cell may be the serving cell or other neighbors of the target cell.
  • the second reference signal is a tracking reference signal (TRS) or a synchronization signal transmitted through a synchronization signal block (SSB). Or channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS).
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • CSI-RS channel status information reference signal
  • the measurement gap may be a gap measured by the physical layer of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can adjust its own reception window in the configured measurement gap to receive the reference signal of the target cell.
  • the terminal device will suspend the use of the reception timing of the serving cell, and the reception of data or signals between the serving cell and the terminal device Or sending will be paused.
  • the terminal device will also determine the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item.
  • the terminal device will determine the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item.
  • the first item is to perform the measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell according to the measurement gap
  • the second item is to send or receive the target resource or target signal of the serving cell.
  • the target cell can periodically send the first reference signal. After the terminal device determines whether a measurement gap is needed based on the first reference signal of the previous cycle, if the serving cell configures the corresponding measurement gap for the terminal device, in the subsequent cycle, the terminal device can The first reference signal for subsequent periods is measured according to the measurement gap.
  • the target resource or target channel can be a special resource or special channel, such as: it can be SSB, periodic CSI-RS, periodic uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), associated downlink control channel Type0- (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH ), CSS COERSET, random access channel (PRACH) resources, sounding reference (sounding reference, SR) resources. For example: when the measurement of the periodic first reference signal according to the measurement gap overlaps with the transmission or reception of one or more of the above channels/signals, the measurement gap becomes invalid and priority is given to the reception or transmission of signals of special resources or special channels. .
  • the terminal device can report the measurement gap to the serving cell through an independent message or signaling, or can carry the measurement gap in the measurement report for reporting.
  • the scenario shown in Figure 1A involves two cells, such as cell0 and cell1.
  • the terminal device can transmit data with the second network device without switching the serving cell.
  • the terminal device will When cross-cell movement occurs, the serving cell of the terminal device can be switched to the target cell, making the target cell become the serving cell. If the terminal device is switched from the serving cell to the target cell, the terminal device can report to the target cell whether a measurement gap and measurement gap are needed. Or at least one of the target time difference; it is also possible that the original serving cell sends to the post-switched serving cell through high-layer signaling whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or at least one of the target time difference is required.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of another scenario of the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes a first network device, a second network device and a terminal device.
  • the difference between this scenario and the scenario in Figure 1A is that the first network device and the second network device collectively provide network coverage to cell0.
  • the terminal equipment may measure the first reference signal transmitted by the serving beam or the non-serving beam in the downlink direction.
  • the first reference signal may originate from the first network device or the second network device. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1B , the first reference signal originates from the second network device as an example.
  • the terminal equipment measures the first reference signal, and determines based on the first reference signal whether the current first timing advance is suitable for uplink transmission on the target beam. For example, the target beam is in the same direction as the beam transmitting the first reference signal. The deviation is less than a certain angle. This angle can be determined by the terminal device, or it can be pre-configured. For example, the angle is 10 degrees or 20 degrees, and the specific value is not limited.
  • the terminal device when it sends the measurement report of the first reference signal to the second network device, it sends timing indication information to the second network device to instruct the second network device to configure the second timing advance for the terminal device so as to facilitate The terminal device uses the second timing advance to perform uplink timing communication with the second network device.
  • the terminal device needs to switch to the second network device when transmitting data with the second network device.
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of another scenario of the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes network equipment and terminal equipment. There are three antenna panels on the terminal device, and these three antenna panels are turned on at the same time.
  • the network device can provide multiple downlink transmission beams, such as beam 1 and beam 2 in Figure 1C. Different antenna panels of the terminal equipment can provide different uplink transmission beams, such as beam 3 provided by the antenna panel 102 .
  • the network device can send downlink data to the terminal device through beam 1, and the terminal device can use the antenna panel 101 to receive downlink data from beam 1.
  • the network device may send the first reference signal to the terminal device through beam 2, and the terminal device determines based on the first reference signal that the current first timing advance is not suitable for uplink transmission on the target beam, and the target beam is the beam in Figure 1C 3.
  • the beam 3 is determined based on the beam 2.
  • the terminal device may send a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device and send timing indication information to the second network device to instruct the second network device to configure the second timing advance for the terminal device so that the terminal device can use the second timing. Perform uplink timing communication with the second network device in advance.
  • the terminal device may use the antenna panel 102 to send uplink data to the network device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a timing indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to Figure 2.
  • An embodiment of a timing indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the network device sends the first reference signal to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first reference signal sent by the network device.
  • the first reference signal may be a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS).
  • the first reference signal may be sent by the network device through a service beam or a non-service beam.
  • the non-service beam corresponds to the service beam.
  • the definitions of the service beam and the non-service beam can be understood by referring to the previous explanation of Figure 1A.
  • the terminal device can also measure the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report.
  • the terminal device can determine the first reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP) by measuring the first reference signal.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
  • This step 202 can be implemented in the following two ways:
  • the terminal device receives the second reference signal.
  • the second reference signal may also be a tracking reference signal (TRS) of the service beam sent by the network device, or a synchronization signal sent by the network device to the terminal device through a synchronization signal block (SSB).
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the synchronization signal sent by the network device can also be described as sending SSB.
  • the second reference signal and the first reference signal are a pair of signals received by the terminal device, and belong to different measurement resource sets.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal in this implementation may be a pair of reference signals that the terminal device simultaneously activates different antenna panels to receive.
  • the pair of reference signals belonging to different measurement resource sets can be understood as originating from different sources. TRP, for example, the first reference signal originates from TRP1, and the second reference signal originates from TRP2.
  • the terminal device may determine the reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference.
  • the reception timing difference may be a difference between the time when the first reference signal reaches the terminal device and the time when the second reference signal reaches the terminal device.
  • the reception timing difference may also be the arrival time of the first path (first peak) of the power-delay spectrum of the first reference signal and the first path of the power-delay spectrum of the second reference signal. (first peak) arrival time difference.
  • This step 202a may be performed before step 202.
  • the terminal device determines the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal, and the expected uplink timing difference is the target timing difference.
  • the expected uplink timing difference refers to using the spatial domain receive filter of the first reference signal as the spatial domain filter for uplink transmission (the UE may use a spatial domain transmit filter that is the same as the spatial domain receive filter the UE may use to receive the DL reference signal), the terminal equipment determines the downlink synchronization time based on different downlink signals plus the time difference of the uplink timing obtained by the current TA.
  • the timing indication information can have different forms to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If the timing indication information occupies 1 bit, for example, "0" can be used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range, and "1" can be used to indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the timing range can be a threshold or threshold value that is preconfigured or defined by the protocol, such as a cyclic prefix (CP).
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • the terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference to the network device.
  • the network device receives at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference from the terminal device.
  • At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference may be carried in the measurement report or in the first message. If both the timing indication information and the target timing difference are sent to the network device, it may also be that: the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the second message.
  • the measurement report When the measurement report carries at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference, the measurement report can be better utilized, saving the cost of sending at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference through separate signaling or messages. network overhead.
  • the format of the current measurement report needs to be modified to add the above-mentioned new function of notifying the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, so as to facilitate the launch of new functions.
  • the measurement report in addition to including the timing indication information, may also include the resource identifier (CSI-RS resource indicator, CRI) of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, it means that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the terminal equipment to receive the first
  • the beam of the reference signal is used as the reference determined uplink transmission beam.
  • the target beam has the same direction as the beam transmitting the first reference signal or the direction deviation is less than a preset angle.
  • the preset angle is usually small, such as less than 10°.
  • the target beam may be a beam that is the same or similar in direction to the beam that receives the first reference signal. In this way, the uplink transmission timing determined based on the beam of the first reference signal can be better suited for uplink transmission on the target beam, thereby improving the success rate of uplink transmission on the target beam.
  • the terminal device If the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, the terminal device also uses the current uplink transmission timing to send uplink data on the target beam, which will cause the network device to fail to receive it correctly. After the network device learns that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range through the target timing indication information, the network device can configure another TA for the terminal device to use when the terminal device sends uplink data on the target beam.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, it means that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam. That is to say, the terminal device can use the current uplink transmission timing to send uplink data on the target beam, and the network device can also receive it correctly.
  • the terminal device can use multiple timing indication information to indicate whether the target timing difference of the corresponding first reference signal exceeds the timing range.
  • the network device can also configure a TA for each non-serving beam that exceeds the timing range for the terminal device to use in the corresponding Used when sending uplink data on non-serving beams.
  • the measurement report can include three types of information, namely: resource identifier CRI, reference signal received power and timing indication information.
  • the resource identifier CRI includes Resource #1, Resource #2, Resource #3, and Resource #4, which represent the resource identifiers of four reference signals.
  • the reference signal Resource #1 provides a reference for the other three reference signals.
  • the reference signal receiving power represents the receiving power of the corresponding reference signal by the terminal device.
  • 7 bits represent the receiving power of the terminal device for the reference signal Resource#1
  • 4 bits represent the terminal device receiving the reference signal Resource#.
  • the received power of 2 4bit represents the received power of the reference signal Resource#3 by the terminal device
  • the 4bit represents the received power of the reference signal Resource#4 by the terminal device.
  • the timing indication information in Figure 3A uses a 1-bit binary value of 0 or 1 to indicate whether the target timing difference of the reference signals Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 in Figure 3A relative to the reference signal Resource#1 exceeds the timing range.
  • 0 indicates that the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#2 relative to the reference signal Resource#1 does not exceed the timing range.
  • 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#3 relative to reference signal Resource#1 exceeds the timing range.
  • 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#4 relative to reference signal Resource#1 exceeds the timing range.
  • Figure 3B illustrates the reporting form of a measurement report for a signal pair/beam pair.
  • the four reference signals with resource identifiers Resource#1, Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 belong to the same measurement resource set, and the resource identifiers are Resource#5, Resource#6, Resource#7 and Resource#.
  • These four reference signals of 8 belong to the same measurement resource set.
  • the beams belonging to the same measurement resource set can be understood as being provided by the same TRP.
  • the four beams corresponding to the four reference signals Resource#1, Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 can be understood as TRP1 Provided, the four beams corresponding to the four reference signals Resource#5, Resource#6, Resource#7 and Resource#8 are understood to be provided by TRP2.
  • Resource#1 and Resource#5 are a pair
  • Resource#2 and Resource#6 are a pair
  • Resource#3 and Resource#7 are a pair
  • Resource#4 and Resource#8 are a pair.
  • the terminal device simultaneously receives the pair of reference signals Resource#1 and Resource#5 the terminal device simultaneously receives the pair of reference signals Resource#2 and Resource#6, and the terminal device simultaneously receives the pair of Reference signals Resource#3 and Resource#7. signal
  • the terminal device receives the pair of reference signals Resource#4 and Resource#8 at the same time.
  • the terminal device simultaneously receiving a pair of reference signals means that the terminal device simultaneously activates different antenna panels to receive the pair of reference signals.
  • Figure 3B shows 8 resource identifiers.
  • the reference signals corresponding to these 8 resource identifiers have their own reference signal receiving powers.
  • the received power of the reference signal Resource#1 is 7 bits, and the other 7 bits.
  • the received power of each reference signal is 4bit.
  • the timing indication information illustrated in FIG. 3B uses a 1-bit binary value 0 or 1 to indicate whether the target timing difference determined by a pair of signals is out of range. As shown in Figure 3B, there are four pieces of timing indication information, and each timing indication information indicates whether the target timing difference of one reference signal in a pair of reference signals relative to the other reference signal exceeds the timing range. For example: If the four reference signals Resource#1, Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 from TRP1 provide references for the four reference signals from TRP2. Among the pair of reference signals Resource#1 and Resource#5, Resource#5 is equivalent to the first reference signal, and Resource#1 is equivalent to the second reference signal. Similarly, Resource#6, Resource#7 and Resource#8 in the other three pairs are all equivalent to the first reference signal, and Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 are all equivalent to the second reference signal.
  • the four timing indication information in Figure 3B are in the order from left to right in the same row and in the order from top to bottom in different rows.
  • 0 represents the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#5 relative to the reference signal Resource#1.
  • the timing range has not been exceeded.
  • 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#6 relative to reference signal Resource#2 exceeds the timing range.
  • 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#7 relative to reference signal Resource#3 exceeds the timing range.
  • 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#8 relative to reference signal Resource#4 exceeds the timing range.
  • the timing indication information is represented by 0 or 1 to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the corresponding instruction function is completed in a simple way and with the smallest bytes.
  • the target timing difference in this embodiment of the present application may be reported together with the timing indication information, or may be reported separately, which will be introduced separately below.
  • the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
  • the binary value larger than 1 bit can be understood as timing indication information, or can also be understood as a target timing difference.
  • the timing indication information is represented by a binary value of 2 to 3 bits (or more bits), it can not only indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, but also indicate how much it exceeds, such as: exceeding 1/2CP, 1CP or 2CP, etc.
  • the timing indication information is represented by 3 bits.
  • every increase of 1 represents an excess of 1CP.
  • 000 indicates that the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#2 relative to the reference signal Resource#1 does not exceed the timing range.
  • 001 indicates that the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#3 relative to the reference signal Resource#1 is out of range, and the target timing difference is 1CP.
  • 010 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#4 relative to reference signal Resource#1 is out of range, and the target timing difference is 2CP.
  • two pieces of information are transmitted as a multi-bit binary value, which simplifies the representation of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the reporting method of the measurement gap and the target time difference can also be understood by referring to the methods schematically illustrated in Figure 3A, Figure 3B and Figure 4. Whether a measurement gap is required can be indicated by 0 indicating that no measurement is required. Gap, using 1 to indicate the need to measure the gap; the specific reference of the measurement gap or target time difference can also be reported in the manner shown in Figure 4.
  • the second message can be MAC CE or PUCCH, or other messages.
  • the terminal device sends a second message to the network device, and the second message carries the target timing difference.
  • the embodiment shown in Figure 2 also includes 201a and 201b.
  • 201a and 201b can be executed before 201.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device.
  • the format of the measurement report can be configured in the configuration information, such as the content to be reported, the field where the reported content is located, etc.
  • the network device can configure the timing indication information that needs to be reported in the configuration information, such as: using 1 in the specified field indicates that the timing needs to be reported. Instructions.
  • the configuration information may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  • the first indication information may also be indicated by a flag in a designated field. For example, 0 indicates that the target timing difference is not reported, and 1 indicates that the target timing difference is reported.
  • the terminal device can report the target timing difference according to the first instruction information of the network device in the configuration information, so that the network device can use the target timing difference to more accurately calculate the target timing difference suitable for the terminal device to perform operations on the target beam.
  • Uplink send timing for uplink send is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  • the network device may also configure information associated with the first indication information in the configuration information.
  • the information associated with the first indication information may include an SSB index, a CSI-RS resource index, or a path loss reference signal index. at least one index in .
  • the configuration information is configured with information associated with the first indication information, it means that the terminal device reports the target timing difference when reporting the measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
  • the configuration information may also include quasi-colocation indication information.
  • the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing when reporting a measurement report of a reference signal that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one of the indexes. Difference.
  • the terminal device reports capability information to the network device. Accordingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
  • Capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold (for example: the required bandwidth of the first reference signal is greater than 10 resource blocks (RB)).
  • the capability information of the terminal device may also include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal device When the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap, the terminal device reports the need for a measurement gap or reports a measurement gap.
  • A can be 0 or any other positive number. For example, 6 ⁇ s (microseconds), when the terminal equipment measures the arrival time difference between the serving cell reference signal and the target cell reference signal is less than 6 ⁇ s, the terminal equipment does not need a measurement gap; otherwise, a measurement gap is required.
  • A can also be defined by the protocol or reported by the terminal device. The terminal device can report whether the target timing difference determined by timing measurement exceeds A.
  • the terminal equipment If the target timing difference exceeds threshold A when the terminal equipment measures the reference signal, the terminal equipment reports the need for a measurement gap or reports a measurement gap.
  • the terminal device reports capability information to the network device, which is helpful for the network device to configure accordingly according to the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, only terminal devices with target timing difference reporting capabilities will be configured as described above. first indication information, etc., thereby realizing effective communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • step 201b can be performed before step 201a, and the network device can configure the configuration information based on the capability information of the terminal device. For example: For terminal device configurations that support determining the target timing difference and reporting the target timing difference, the target timing difference information needs to be reported.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide another method of expressing timing indication information by using the uplink transmission capability of the terminal device. That is to say: the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a set of target capability values, and the target capability value or a set of target capability values represents the uplink transmission capability of the terminal device.
  • the timing indication information is expressed using capability values or capability value sets, and a representation method of timing indication information is added.
  • the uplink transmission capability of the terminal device can be represented by the uplink transmission capability value (capability value) or capability value set (capability value set) of the antenna panel (panel) in the terminal device.
  • the uplink transmission capability value capability value
  • capability value set capability value set
  • the capability value and capability value set have the same form, but the names are different. In the following description, capability value is used Give a description.
  • the number of SRS ports of the antenna panel 501 and the antenna panel 502 is the same, and the capability value is represented by capability value #1.
  • the number of SRS ports of the antenna panel 503 and the antenna panel 501 and the antenna panel 502 are different.
  • the capability value of board 503 is represented by capability value #2.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device is connected to the network device, it will send one or more capability values to the network device. It can be understood that each capability value corresponds to the capability of one or more antenna panels or the capability of the SRS port.
  • the network device will store the terminal device. Capability value, for example, the terminal device can send two capability values with the maximum number of SRS ports to the network device, which are capability value #1 and capability value #2 respectively.
  • the ability value here can be understood as the initial ability value.
  • the timing indication information in the measurement report of the first reference signal can use different capability values of the antenna panels with the same SRS port number.
  • the SRS port numbers of antenna panel 501 and antenna panel 502 are the same.
  • the capability value of antenna panel 1 is capability value #1
  • the capability value of antenna panel 1 reported by the terminal device is capability value #3.
  • capability value #1 and capability value #3 can correspond to the same number of SRS ports.
  • the information included in the measurement report reported by the terminal device can be understood by referring to Table 1 below, as shown in Table 1:
  • the antenna panel 502 measures the reference signal CRI/SSRI#1
  • the antenna panel 503 measures the reference signal CRI/SSRI#2
  • the antenna panel 501 measures the reference signal CRI/SSRI#3.
  • the network device can determine based on the measurement results and corresponding capability values reported by the terminal device that the target timing difference exceeds the range when the reference signal measured and reported by the terminal device is used for uplink transmission, and a second timing advance needs to be configured for the terminal device.
  • the ability value sent following the measurement results here can be understood as the target ability value.
  • the network device can determine that the target timing difference is out of range based on changes in the capability value of the SRS port number. For example: the initial capability value of the SRS port number reported by the terminal device is only capability value #1 and There are two types of capability value#2, and the capability value reported in the measurement report includes capability value#3. This capability value#3 is not included in the initial capability value.
  • the network device can determine that the target timing difference is out of range based on this change. It is required Configure the second timing advance amount for the terminal device. Or it can be understood that the initial capability value and the target capability value both represent the terminal capability information transmitted in the uplink based on the corresponding downlink reference signal.
  • the capability values can correspond to the same maximum SRS port number and different timing advances; the initial capability value and the target capability The values can be reported by the terminal to the network device after the terminal is connected to the network device. After determining the corresponding downlink reference signal and corresponding capability value for the current uplink transmission, the capability values with the same SRS port number but different timing advances can be called target capability values.
  • the network device can also determine that the target timing difference is out of range based on the different capability values of antenna panels with the same SRS port number in the measurement report after measuring different reference signals.
  • the antenna panel 502 for measuring the reference signal CRI/SSRI#1 and the antenna panel 501 for measuring the reference signal CRI/SSRI#3 have the same number of SRS ports.
  • the corresponding capabilities of the two reference signals are One of the values is capability value #1, and the other is capability value #3.
  • the capability values corresponding to the two reference signals are different, which can also indicate that the target timing difference is out of range.
  • the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the network device compares the target capability value with the initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with the initial capability value set, where the initial capability value or the initial capability value set of the terminal device is the terminal device and the network The capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the device establishes a communication connection; if the target capability value is different from the terminal device's initial capability value, or the target capability value set is different from the terminal device's initial capability value set, the network device determines the target timing The difference exceeds the timing range; if the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: then the network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  • the network device can determine the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device; then send the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal device.
  • the target uplink transmission timing is used for the terminal device's uplink transmission on the target beam.
  • the target beam is The terminal equipment determines the uplink transmission beam using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
  • a target timing difference field can be added to the measurement report, and the target timing difference can also be reported through another second message.
  • the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to notify the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
  • reporting of at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference can also be performed through the process shown in FIG. 6 .
  • Another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the terminal device measures the first reference signal sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
  • the terminal device sends the measurement result/first message to the network device.
  • the network device receives the measurement result/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device.
  • the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  • the terminal device can also send a second message to the network device, carrying the target timing difference in the second message.
  • the second message may be a synchronization message of the first message.
  • the embodiment shown in Figure 6 also includes 601a and 601b.
  • Steps 601a, 601b, 601, 602 and 602a in Figure 6 can all be understood by referring to the previous steps 201a, 201b, 201, 202 and 202a, and will not be repeated here.
  • the target timing difference needs to be determined. In fact, the target timing difference is not certain.
  • This application can also report timing indication information. This process can be understood with reference to Figure 7.
  • timing indication method may include:
  • the terminal device measures the first reference signal sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report/first message to the network device.
  • the network device receives the measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device.
  • the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device determines a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for The terminal equipment transmits uplink in the direction of the first reference signal.
  • This embodiment may also include steps 701a, 701b, and 702a.
  • Steps 701a and 701b can be understood by referring to the previous steps 201a and 201b
  • 702a can be understood by referring to the previous step 203a.
  • steps 202 and 602 are not performed, and other contents are the same as those of the previous embodiment of FIGS. 2 to 6 . Please refer to the previous corresponding contents for understanding.
  • the measurement report in the above embodiment can also be understood as a form of expression of the first message.
  • the first message can be understood as a general description.
  • the first message can be a measurement report, or it can is a different message than the measurement report.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 7.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 7.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 7.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 7.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 can be used to perform the steps performed by
  • the communication device 800 includes a transceiver module 801 and a processing module 802.
  • the transceiver module 801 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 802 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver module 801 may also be called a communication interface or communication unit.
  • the communication device 800 may also include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 802 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication device implements the foregoing method.
  • a storage unit which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing module 802 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication device implements the foregoing method. Example.
  • the communication device 800 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 may be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 801 is used to perform reception-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing module 802 is used to perform processing-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver module 801 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 may include a sending module but not a receiving module.
  • communication device 800 may include a receiving module but not a transmitting module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 800 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
  • the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 above.
  • Transceiver module 801 used to receive the first reference signal.
  • Processing module 802 configured to determine the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
  • the transceiving module 801 is configured to send at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to a network device, where the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds a timing range.
  • the transceiver module 801 is also used to perform step 201b in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above.
  • the processing module 802 is used to execute step 601 and step 602 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 above.
  • the processing module 802 is used to perform step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 801 is configured to receive the first reference signal from the target cell
  • the processing module 802 is configured to determine, based on the first reference signal, whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell: whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to perform a measurement of the target cell or the target time difference.
  • the reference signal of the target cell is measured.
  • the target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the signal from the serving cell.
  • the signal arrival time difference is the signal of the serving cell.
  • the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
  • the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the processing module 802 is specifically configured to determine whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal and target information.
  • the target information includes the downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, and the downlink timing of the serving cell. timing, and at least one of a second reference signal, where the second reference signal is a reference signal of a cell other than the target cell.
  • the processing module 802 is also configured to execute the item with higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item when the execution of the first item and the second item conflicts.
  • the first item is based on The measurement gap performs measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell
  • the second item is the transmission or reception of target resources or target signals of the serving cell.
  • the transceiver module 801 is also configured to report to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required after switching from the serving cell to the target cell.
  • the transceiver module 801 is also configured to report capability information to the serving cell before receiving the first reference signal from the target cell.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, and whether the terminal device supports reporting measurements. gap, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the threshold value of the measurement gap.
  • the transceiver module 801 is specifically used to report the need for a measurement gap or report a measurement gap when the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap.
  • the processing module 802 in the above embodiment may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 801 may also be called a communication unit or communication interface.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory.
  • Figure 9 illustrates the general A structural diagram of the signaling device.
  • the communication device 900 can be used to perform the steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2.
  • FIG. 9 please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 includes a transceiver module 901.
  • the communication device 900 also includes a processing module 902.
  • the transceiver module 901 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 902 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver module 901 may also be called a communication interface or communication unit.
  • the communication device 900 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 may be a network device or a component configurable in the network device.
  • the transceiver module 901 is used to perform reception-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver module 901 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 may include a sending module but not a receiving module.
  • communication device 900 may include a receiving module but not a transmitting module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 900 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
  • the communication device 900 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 above.
  • the transceiver module 901 is configured to send a first reference signal to the terminal device, and receive at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference from the terminal device.
  • the target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal.
  • the processing module 902 is configured to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range according to at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  • the transceiver module 901 is also used to perform step 201a in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the transceiver module 901 is configured to receive at least one of the following information reported by the terminal device: whether a measurement gap is required, a measurement gap, or a target time difference, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to measure the target The cell or the reference signal of the target cell is measured.
  • the target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference.
  • the signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the service cell.
  • the signal arrival time difference is the service The time difference between the signal of the cell and the signal of the target cell reaches the terminal equipment.
  • the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell;
  • the processing module 902 is configured to communicate with the terminal device according to whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
  • the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  • the transceiver module 901 is also used to receive capability information reported by the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting a measurement gap, and whether the terminal device supports reporting a measurement gap. threshold value.
  • the processing module 902 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 901 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 901 may also be called a communication unit or communication interface.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a processor 1010.
  • the processor 1010 is coupled to a memory 1020.
  • the memory 1020 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data.
  • the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 1020. The method in the above method embodiment is caused to be executed.
  • the communication device 1000 includes one or more processors 1010 .
  • the communication device 1000 may further include a memory 1020 .
  • the communication device 1000 may include one or more memories 1020 .
  • the memory 1020 can be integrated with the processor 1010 or provided separately.
  • the communication device 1000 may also include a transceiver 1030, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals.
  • the processor 1010 is used to control the transceiver 1030 to receive and/or transmit signals.
  • the communication device 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor 1010 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment
  • the transceiver 1030 is used to implement the transceiver-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor 1010 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment
  • the transceiver 1030 is used to implement the transceiver-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1100 may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • the communication device 1100 may be used to perform operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • FIG. 11 shows a simplified structural schematic diagram of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory can store computer program codes.
  • the transceiver includes a transmitter 1131, a receiver 1132, a radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), an antenna 1133, and an input Output device (not shown).
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, process data of software programs, etc.
  • Memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • Radio frequency circuits are mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • Only one memory, processor and transceiver are shown in Figure 11. In an actual terminal equipment product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. Memory can also be called storage media or storage devices.
  • the memory may be provided independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a processor 1110, a memory 1120 and a transceiver 1130.
  • the processor 1110 may also be called a processing unit, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, etc.
  • the transceiver 1130 may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
  • the components in the transceiver 1130 used to implement the receiving function can be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the components in the transceiver 1130 used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver 1130 includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • a transceiver may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver unit, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiver may also be called a receiver, receiving unit, or receiving circuit.
  • the transmitter may also be called a transmitter, a transmitting unit or a transmitting circuit.
  • the processor 1110 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2
  • the transceiver 1130 is configured to perform sending and receiving actions on the terminal device side in FIG. 2
  • the transceiver 1130 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations of steps 201 and 203 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2
  • the processor 1110 is configured to perform the processing operations of steps 201 and 202 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2
  • the transceiver 1130 is also used to perform the sending and receiving operations of step 201b in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the processor 1110 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the processor 1110 is configured to perform the processing operations of steps 601 and 602 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the processor 1110 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the processor 1110 is configured to perform the processing operation of step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 11 is only an example and not a limitation.
  • the above-mentioned terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the chip When the communication device 1100 is a chip, the chip includes a processor, a memory and a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processor may be a processing unit, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the sending operation of the terminal device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the output of the chip, and the receiving operation of the terminal device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the input of the chip.
  • the communication device 1200 may be a network device or a chip.
  • the communication device 1200 may be used to perform the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 shows a simplified schematic structural diagram of a base station.
  • the base station includes a 1210 part, a 1220 part and a 1230 part.
  • Part 1210 is mainly used for baseband processing, controlling the base station, etc.
  • Part 1210 is usually the control center of the base station, which can usually be called a processor, and is used to control the base station to perform processing operations on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • Part 1220 is mainly used to store computer program code and data.
  • the 1230 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1230 part can usually be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1230 which may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, includes an antenna 1233 and a radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), where the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in part 1230 can be regarded as a receiver, and the device used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a transmitter, that is, part 1230 includes a receiver 1232 and a transmitter 1231.
  • the receiver may also be called a receiving unit, receiver, or receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitter may be called a transmitting unit, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • Parts 1210 and 1220 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processors at the same time. device.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1230 is used to perform transceiver-related steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the processor of part 1210 is used to perform processing-related steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • FIG. 12 is only an example and not a limitation.
  • the above-mentioned network device including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the chip When the communication device 1200 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver, a memory and a processor.
  • the transceiver may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processor may be a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the sending operation of the network device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the output of the chip, and the receiving operation of the network device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the input of the chip.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which are stored computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or the method executed by the network device.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the instructions When the instructions are executed by a computer, the computer implements the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the network device and terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the timing instructions of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 2 to 7. method.
  • the input of the chip device corresponds to the receiving operation in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 2 to 7
  • the output of the chip device corresponds to the sending operation in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 2 to 7 . operate.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
  • the chip device further includes a memory, in which computer programs or computer instructions are stored.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above places can be a general central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above-mentioned Figures 2 to Figure 7 shows an integrated circuit for program execution of the timing indication method of the embodiment.
  • the memory mentioned in any of the above places can be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), etc.
  • the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer may include a central processing unit (central processing unit). Processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory) and other hardware.
  • the operating system of the operating system layer can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc.
  • the application layer can include applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to A computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) is caused to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application discloses a method for timing indication and a communication apparatus, which are applied to a scenario in which multi-antenna panels of a terminal device are started at the same time or a scenario in which the terminal device communicates with a multi-transmission reception point (TRP). The method comprises: the terminal device receives a first reference signal transmitted by a network device, determines a target timing difference on the basis of the first reference signal, and then transmits at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, so as to notify the network device of whether the target timing difference exceeds a timing range. If the target timing difference exceeds the range, the network device may configure, for the terminal device, an uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in a direction of the first reference signal. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that uplink transmission of the terminal device in different directions in a multi-point communication scenario can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.

Description

一种定时指示的方法及通信装置A timing indication method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年04月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210467501.5、发明名称为“一种定时指示的方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on April 29, 2022, with the application number 202210467501.5 and the invention title "A timing indication method and communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种定时指示的方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a timing indication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
网络设备与终端设备之间通信的信号在空间传输是有延迟的,因为不同终端设备到网络设备的距离不一样,所以不同终端设备发送的信号到达网络设备的时间差也不一样。这样,当终端设备收到网络设备发送的下行信号再发送上行信号,会在不同时刻到达网络设备。为了保证上行传输的正交性,避免小区内(intra-cell)干扰,网络设备要求来自同一子帧但不同频域资源的信号到达网络设备的时间是基本对齐的,这些信号只要落在循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)范围内,网络设备就能正确接收终端设备所发送的上行数据。因此,终端设备上行发送需要定时提前(timing advance,TA),并且不同终端设备的定时提前量不同。There is a delay in the transmission of signals communicated between network equipment and terminal equipment in space. Because the distances from different terminal equipment to the network equipment are different, the time differences for signals sent by different terminal equipment to reach the network equipment are also different. In this way, when the terminal device receives the downlink signal sent by the network device and then sends the uplink signal, it will arrive at the network device at different times. In order to ensure the orthogonality of uplink transmission and avoid intra-cell interference, network equipment requires that signals from the same subframe but different frequency domain resources arrive at the network equipment at basically aligned times. As long as these signals fall within the cyclic prefix (cyclic prefix, CP) range, the network device can correctly receive the uplink data sent by the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device requires timing advance (TA) for uplink transmission, and the timing advance of different terminal devices is different.
网络设备可以通过终端设备的物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)或上行探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)来估计终端设备的定时提前量,并通过随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)或定时提前指令(timing advance command,TAC)将定时提前量通知给终端设备,这样,终端设备就可以使用该定时提前量进行定时上行发送,从而使网络设备可以正确接收到该终端设备所发送的上行数据。The network device can estimate the timing advance of the terminal device through the physical random access channel (PRACH) or the uplink sounding reference signal (SRS) of the terminal device, and respond through the random access response (random access response, RAR) or timing advance command (timing advance command, TAC) to notify the terminal device of the timing advance, so that the terminal device can use the timing advance to perform scheduled uplink transmission, so that the network device can correctly receive the terminal Uplink data sent by the device.
目前,终端设备只能根据一个网络设备已经下发的定时提前量来进行定时上行发送,但在多传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)都可以与同一个终端设备通信的场景下,该终端设备已有的定时提前量无法适用终端设备与多个TRP进行通信。Currently, terminal devices can only perform scheduled uplink transmission based on the timing advance that has been issued by a network device. However, in a scenario where multiple transmission reception points (TRPs) can communicate with the same terminal device, the terminal The existing timing advance of the device cannot be used by the terminal device to communicate with multiple TRPs.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种定时指示的方法,用于使网络设备可以及时获知终端设备定时超范围状况,便于为终端设备配置合适的上行发送定时。本申请实施例还提供了相应的通信装置、通信系统、计算机可读存储介质,以及计算机程序产品等。This application provides a timing indication method, which enables network equipment to promptly learn the timing out-of-range status of terminal equipment, so as to facilitate configuring appropriate uplink transmission timing for terminal equipment. Embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding communication devices, communication systems, computer-readable storage media, computer program products, etc.
本申请第一方面提供一种定时指示的方法,包括:The first aspect of this application provides a method for timing indication, including:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一参考信号;终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差;终端设备向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。The terminal device receives the first reference signal sent by the network device; the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal; the terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the target Whether the timing difference exceeds the timing range.
上述技术方案,可以应用于终端设备的多天线面板同时开启的场景或者终端设备与多传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)通信的场景中。该方案中,终端设备基于目标定时差向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,以通知网络设备目标定时差是否超定时范围。如果超范围,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备 就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。The above technical solution can be applied to a scenario where multiple antenna panels of a terminal device are turned on at the same time or a scenario where the terminal device communicates with multiple transmission reception points (TRPs). In this solution, the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to notify the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device Then, the terminal device can be configured in advance with the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备测量第一参考信号,以得到第一参考信号的测量报告;上述步骤:终端设备向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项包含于测量报告中。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report of the first reference signal; the above steps: the terminal device sends the timing indication information and the target to the network device At least one of the timing differences includes: the terminal device sends a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device, and at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
上述提供了终端设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项的一些可能的实现方式,通过测量报告就可以将定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项通知给网络设备,较好的利用了测量报告,节省了通过单独信令或消息发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项带来的网络开销。The above provides some possible implementation methods for the terminal device to send at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference. Through the measurement report, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference can be notified to the network device, preferably The measurement report is utilized, which saves the network overhead caused by sending at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference through separate signaling or messages.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项携带在第一消息中;或者,定时指示信息携带在第一消息中,目标定时差携带在第二消息中。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the first message. Two messages in progress.
上述提供了终端设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项的一些可能的实现方式,通过一个消息或两个消息将定时指示信息和目标定时差通知给网络设备,这样无需修改当前的测量报告的格式就可以增加上述向网络设备通知目标定时差是否超定时范围的新功能,便于新功能上线。The above provides some possible implementation methods for the terminal device to send at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference. The timing indication information and the target timing difference are notified to the network device through one message or two messages, so that there is no need to modify the current The format of the measurement report can be added with the above-mentioned new function of notifying the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, which facilitates the launch of new functions.
本申请第二方面提供一种定时指示的方法,该方法包括:终端设备测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号;终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差;终端设备向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。A second aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication. The method includes: a terminal device measuring a first reference signal sent by a network device; the terminal device determining a target timing difference based on the first reference signal; and the terminal device sending the first reference signal to the network device. The measurement report/first message of the signal includes at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
本申请第三方面提供一种定时指示的方法,该方法包括:终端设备测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号,以确定目标定时差;终端设备向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。A third aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication. The method includes: a terminal device measuring a first reference signal sent by a network device to determine a target timing difference; and the terminal device sending a measurement report/th of the first reference signal to the network device. A message, the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
上述第二方面和第三方面所提供的技术方案中,终端设备基于目标定时差向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,以通知网络设备目标定时差是否超定时范围。如果超范围,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。In the technical solutions provided in the above second and third aspects, the terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to notify the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
本申请第四方面提供一种定时指示的方法,该方法包括:The fourth aspect of this application provides a method for timing indication, which method includes:
终端设备测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号;终端设备向网络设备发送测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息,定时指示信息用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。The terminal device measures the first reference signal sent by the network device; the terminal device sends a measurement report/first message to the network device, the measurement report/first message includes timing indication information, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the uplink determined based on the first reference signal. Whether the transmission timing is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction.
上述第四方面提供的技术方案中,终端设备可以根据对第一参考信号的测量,向网络设备发送定时指示信息,以通知网络设备当前的第一上行发送定时是否适用于在第一参考 信号方向上的上行发送,如果不适用,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的第二上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。In the technical solution provided in the fourth aspect, the terminal device may send timing indication information to the network device based on the measurement of the first reference signal to notify the network device whether the current first uplink transmission timing is suitable for use in the first reference signal. If uplink transmission in the signal direction is not applicable, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the second uplink transmission timing for the terminal device that is suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差,目标定时差是否超定时范围用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device determines a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal. Whether it is applicable to the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the first reference signal direction.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备接收第二参考信号,第二参考信号为网络设备通过同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)向终端设备发送的同步信号,或者,第二参考信号与第一参考信号是终端设备接收的一对信号,且归属于不同的测量资源集合。上述步骤:终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差,包括:终端设备将第一参考信号和第二参考信号的接收定时差确定为目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the method further includes: the terminal device receives a second reference signal, and the second reference signal is transmitted from the network device to the terminal through a synchronization signal block (SSB). The synchronization signal sent by the device, or the second reference signal and the first reference signal are a pair of signals received by the terminal device, and belong to different measurement resource sets. The above steps: the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, including: the terminal device determines the reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference.
该种可能的实现方式中,通过SSB向终端设备发送同步信号可以理解为是向终端设备发送SSB。该种方式中,通过与第一参考信号互为参考的第二参考信号可以快速确定出两个参考信号的接收定时差,进而可以快速的确定目标定时差。In this possible implementation manner, sending the synchronization signal to the terminal device through SSB can be understood as sending SSB to the terminal device. In this method, the reception timing difference of the two reference signals can be quickly determined through the second reference signal that is a mutual reference to the first reference signal, and thus the target timing difference can be quickly determined.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差,包括:将第一参考信号的预期上行定时差确定为目标定时差,该预期上行定时差指的是将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的发送空域滤波器时,终端设备基于不同的下行信号确定的下行同步时间再加上当前的定时提前(timing advance,TA)所得到的上行定时的时间差。In a possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects, the terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, including: determining the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal as the target timing difference. The timing difference refers to the downlink synchronization time determined by the terminal equipment based on different downlink signals plus the current timing advance (timing advance, TA) when the airspace receiving filter that receives the first reference signal is used as the transmitting airspace filter for uplink transmission. ) is the time difference of the uplink timing obtained.
该种可能的实现方式中,提供了另一种快速确定目标定时差的方式。This possible implementation provides another way to quickly determine the target timing difference.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;其中,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that: the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam; Alternatively, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the beam through which the terminal equipment receives the first reference signal. The uplink transmission beam determined as a reference.
该种可能的实现方式中,目标波束可以是与接收第一参考信号的波束在方向上相同或相近的波束,这样,基于第一参考信号的波束确定的上行发送定时才能较好的适用于在目标波束上的上行发送,从而可以提高在目标波束上的上行发送成功率。In this possible implementation, the target beam may be a beam that is the same or similar in direction to the beam that receives the first reference signal. In this way, the uplink transmission timing determined based on the beam of the first reference signal can be better suitable for use in Uplink transmission on the target beam, thereby improving the success rate of uplink transmission on the target beam.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器。In a possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the airspace in which the terminal device will receive the first reference signal. The reception filter is used as an air domain filter for uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the terminal equipment to receive the air domain reception filter of the first reference signal as Spatial filter for uplink transmission.
该种可能的实现方式中,提供了另一种目标定时差是否超定时范围的表述方式。This possible implementation provides another way of expressing whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自 网络设备的配置信息,配置信息包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the method further includes: the terminal device receives from Configuration information of the network device. The configuration information includes first indication information. The first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
该种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据网络设备在配置信息中的第一指示信息上报目标定时差,从而网络设备可以借助目标定时差更准确的计算出适用于终端设备在目标波束上进行上行发送的上行发送定时。In this possible implementation, the terminal device can report the target timing difference according to the first instruction information of the network device in the configuration information, so that the network device can use the target timing difference to more accurately calculate the target timing difference suitable for the terminal device to perform on the target beam. Uplink send timing for uplink send.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括与第一指示信息关联的信息,与第一指示信息关联的信息包括SSB的索引、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的资源索引和路径损耗参考信号的索引中的至少一个索引;与第一指示信息关联的信息用于指示终端设备上报至少一个索引对应的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an index of the SSB, a channel state information reference signal CSI- At least one index among the resource index of the RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
该种可能的实现方式中,网络设备还可以在配置信息中配置与第一指示信息关联的信息,指定的需要上报目标定时差的参考信号。这样,终端设备可以与第一指示信息关联的信息,针对特定参考信号才上报目标定时差,从而实现有针对性的上报目标定时差。In this possible implementation manner, the network device may also configure information associated with the first indication information in the configuration information, specifying the reference signal that needs to report the target timing difference. In this way, the terminal device can report the target timing difference only based on the specific reference signal based on the information associated with the first indication information, thereby achieving targeted reporting of the target timing difference.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括准同位指示信息,准同位指示信息用于指示终端设备上报与至少一个索引对应的参考信号具有准同位关系的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects, the configuration information further includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report a reference that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one index. When reporting the signal measurement, the target timing difference is reported.
该种可能的实现方式中,当配置信息还包括准同位指示信息时,终端设备需要根据准同位指示信息的指示针对性的上报目标定时差。In this possible implementation manner, when the configuration information also includes quasi-colocation indication information, the terminal device needs to report the target timing difference in a targeted manner according to the indication of the quasi-colocation indication information.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备上报能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量、终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限、终端设备是否支持基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差、终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报目标定时差,以及终端设备是否支持上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, before the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device reporting capability information to the network device, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: Whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal equipment supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal equipment Support reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
该种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备上报能力信息,有利于使网络设备根据终端设备的能力进行相应的配置,如:针对有目标定时差上报能力的终端设备才会配置前面介绍的第一指示信息等,从而实现终端设备与网络设备的有效通信。In this possible implementation, the terminal device reports capability information to the network device, which is helpful for the network device to configure accordingly according to the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, only terminal devices with target timing difference reporting capabilities will be configured as described above. first indication information, etc., thereby realizing effective communication between the terminal device and the network device.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过1bit的二进制数值来表示。In a possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects, the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value.
该种可能的实现方式中,通过1bit的二进制数值来表示定时指示信息,如:通过0或1来表示定时指示信息,以指示目标定时差是否超定时范围的指示功能。该方式中以简单的方式,以及最小的字节完成了相应的指示功能。In this possible implementation, the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value, such as 0 or 1, to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. In this method, the corresponding instruction function is completed in a simple way and with the smallest bytes.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差通过大于1bit的二进制数值来表示。In a possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects, the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
该种可能的实现方式中,通过2bit或3bit不仅可以指示目标定时差是否超定时范围,还可以指示目标定时差是多少,如:超了几个循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)。该方式中,以一个多比特的二进制数值传递了两个信息,简化了定时指示信息和目标定时差的表示方式。 In this possible implementation, 2 bits or 3 bits can be used to indicate not only whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, but also how much the target timing difference is, such as how many cyclic prefixes (CPs) are exceeded. In this method, two pieces of information are transmitted as a multi-bit binary value, which simplifies the representation of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过目标能力值或目标能力值集合来表示,目标能力值或目标能力值集合表示终端设备确定目标定时差是否超定时范围时的上行发送能力值或能力值集合。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set indicates whether the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing. The uplink sending capability value or capability value set within the range.
该种可能的实现方式中,能力值(capability values)或能力值集合(capability values set)是对终端设备的发送能力的描述,如:不同端口数的天线面板具有不同的能力值或能力值集合。天线端口数通常是固定的,并不会随时接收信号而改变,当前,相同具有相同端口数的天线面板的能力值或能力值集合通常是相同的。该种方式中借助了能力值或能力值集合的表述方式,如果确定目标定时差超范围,则修改目标能力值或目标能力值集合,如:将原来用1表示的能力值改为用之前初始上报终端设备的能力值没出现的一个数值3来表示。这样就可以利用能力值或能力值集合表示出定时指示信息,增加了定时指示信息的表示方式。In this possible implementation, capability values (capability values) or capability values set (capability values set) describe the transmission capabilities of the terminal device. For example, antenna panels with different numbers of ports have different capability values or capability value sets. . The number of antenna ports is usually fixed and does not change at any time when signals are received. Currently, the capability value or capability value set of the same antenna panel with the same number of ports is usually the same. This method uses the expression of ability value or ability value set. If it is determined that the target timing difference is out of range, the target ability value or target ability value set is modified. For example, the ability value originally expressed as 1 is changed to the previous initial value. The reported capability value of the terminal device is represented by a value 3 that does not appear. In this way, the ability value or the ability value set can be used to express the timing indication information, and the expression method of the timing indication information is added.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的目标能力值或目标能力值集合为终端设备确定目标定时差是否超定时范围时的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)端口的能力值或能力值集合。In a possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects, the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is a sounding reference signal (SRS) when the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. ) port’s capability value or capability value set.
该种可能的实现方式中,SRS端口数也可以理解为是终端设备的天线面板的端口数。In this possible implementation manner, the number of SRS ports can also be understood as the number of ports on the antenna panel of the terminal device.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合不同时指示目标定时差超定时范围;或者,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合相同时指示目标定时差不超定时范围。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; When the target capability values or target capability value sets of several SRS ports are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
该种可能的实现方式中,若测量报告中包含了多个目标能力值或多个目标能力值集合,其中,有至少两个目标能力值或至少两个目标能力值集合对应的SRS端口的SRS端口数相同,但这至少两个目标能力值或至少两个目标能力值集合不同,则也可以指示目标定时差超范围。In this possible implementation, if the measurement report contains multiple target capability values or multiple target capability value sets, there are at least two target capability values or at least two target capability value sets corresponding to the SRS of the SRS port. If the number of ports is the same, but the at least two target capability values or at least two target capability value sets are different, it may also indicate that the target timing difference is out of range.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备发送终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合;其中,终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为终端设备与网络设备建立通信连接时SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, before the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the terminal device to the network device The initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device.
该种可能的实现方式中,终端设备会提前上报终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合,这样终端设备再上报目标能力值或目标能力值集合时,网络设备就可以通过比较初始能力值和目标能力值确定目标定时差是否超范围。In this possible implementation, the terminal device will report the initial capability value or the initial capability value set of the terminal device in advance, so that when the terminal device reports the target capability value or the target capability value set, the network device can compare the initial capability value and the set of target capability values. The target ability value determines whether the target timing difference is out of range.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示目标定时差超定时范围;或者,目标能力值等同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示目标定时差未超定时范围。In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate the target timing. The difference exceeds the timing range; or the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的目标上行发送定时,目标上行发送定时是目标定时差超范围时网络设备确定的;终端设备根据目标上行发送定时在目标波束上进行上行发送,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。 In a possible implementation of the first to fourth aspects, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the target uplink transmission timing from the network device, and the target uplink transmission timing is determined by the network device when the target timing difference exceeds the range; The terminal device performs uplink transmission on the target beam according to the target uplink transmission timing. The target beam is the uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
该种可能的实现方式中,终端设备接收到目标上行发送定时后,就可以使用该目标上行发送定时在相应的目标波束上进行上行发送,可以提高在该目标波束方向上进行上行发送的成功率。In this possible implementation, after the terminal device receives the target uplink transmission timing, it can use the target uplink transmission timing to perform uplink transmission on the corresponding target beam, which can improve the success rate of uplink transmission in the direction of the target beam. .
本申请第五方面提供一种定时指示的方法,包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一参考信号;网络设备接收来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,目标定时差是终端设备基于第一参考信号确定的;网络设备根据定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围。A fifth aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication, including: a network device sending a first reference signal to a terminal device; the network device receiving at least one of timing indication information from the terminal device and a target timing difference, where the target timing difference is The terminal device determines based on the first reference signal; the network device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
上述第五方面的技术方案中,网络设备可以根据来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围,如果超范围,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。In the technical solution of the fifth aspect, the network device can determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information from the terminal device and the target timing difference. If it exceeds the range, the network device receives the first reference After receiving the signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤:网络设备接收来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项包含于测量报告中。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the above step: the network device receives at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference from the terminal device, including: the network device receives the first reference signal from the terminal device. The measurement report, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项携带在第一消息中;或者,定时指示信息携带在第一消息中,目标定时差携带在第二消息中。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the first message. Two messages in progress.
本申请第六方面提供一种定时指示的方法,该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一参考信号;网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,目标定时差是终端设备基于第一参考信号确定的;网络设备根据定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围。A sixth aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication. The method includes: a network device sends a first reference signal to a terminal device; the network device receives a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device, and the measurement report/ The first message includes at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference. The target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal; the network device determines the target timing according to at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference. Whether the difference exceeds the timing range.
上述第六方面所提供的技术方案中,网络设备基于目标定时差向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项确定目标定时差是否超定时范围。如果超范围,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。In the technical solution provided in the sixth aspect, the network device sends at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
本申请第七方面提供一种定时指示的方法,该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一参考信号;网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息,定时指示信息用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送;网络设备根据定时指示信息确定基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。A seventh aspect of the present application provides a method for timing indication. The method includes: a network device sends a first reference signal to a terminal device; the network device receives a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device, the measurement report/ The first message includes timing indication information. The timing indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction; the network device determines based on the first reference signal based on the timing indication information. Whether the uplink transmission timing determined by the reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction.
述第七方面提供的技术方案中,网络设备可以根据定时指示信息确定终端设备当前的第一上行发送定时是否适用于在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送,如果不适用,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方 向进行上行发送的第二上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。In the technical solution provided in the seventh aspect, the network device can determine whether the current first uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal based on the timing indication information. If it is not applicable, the terminal device receives the first uplink transmission timing. After receiving the reference signal, the network device can configure the terminal device in advance in a manner suitable for the first reference signal. The second uplink transmission timing is used for uplink transmission. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备还接收来自于终端设备的目标定时差,目标定时差是否超定时范围用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。In a possible implementation of the seventh aspect, the network device also receives a target timing difference from the terminal device. Whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the terminal. The device transmits uplink in the direction of the first reference signal.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:当目标定时差超定时范围时,网络设备为终端设备确定目标上行发送定时;网络设备向终端设备发送目标上行发送定时,目标上行发送定时用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, the method further includes: when the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, the network device determines the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device; the network device sends the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal device. Transmission timing, the target uplink transmission timing is used for the terminal device to transmit uplink on the target beam. The target beam is the uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;其中,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth to seventh aspects, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that: the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam; Alternatively, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the beam through which the terminal equipment receives the first reference signal. The uplink transmission beam determined as a reference.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth to seventh aspects, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the airspace where the terminal device will receive the first reference signal. The reception filter is used as an air domain filter for uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the terminal equipment to receive the air domain reception filter of the first reference signal as Spatial filter for uplink transmission.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, the method further includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报目标定时差。The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device. The configuration information includes first indication information. The first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括与第一指示信息关联的信息,与第一指示信息关联的信息包括SSB的索引、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的资源索引和路径损耗参考信号的索引中的至少一个索引;与第一指示信息关联的信息用于指示终端设备上报至少一个索引对应的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the fifth to seventh aspects, the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an index of the SSB, the channel state information reference signal CSI- At least one index among the resource index of the RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括准同位指示信息,准同位指示信息用于指示终端设备上报与至少一个索引对应的参考信号具有准同位关系的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth to seventh aspects, the configuration information further includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report a reference that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one index. When reporting the signal measurement, the target timing difference is reported.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息之前,该方法还包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量、终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限、终端设备是否支持基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差、终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报目标定时差,以及终端设备是否支持上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the fifth to seventh aspects, before the network device sends the configuration information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: Whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal equipment supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal equipment Support reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过1bit的二进制数 值来表示。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, the timing indication information is a 1-bit binary number. value to represent.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差通过大于1bit的二进制数值来表示。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合不同时指示目标定时差超定时范围;或者,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合相同时指示目标定时差不超定时范围。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, having the same SRS port number When the target capability values or target capability value sets of several SRS ports are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
在第五方面至第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过目标能力值或目标能力值集合来表示,终端设备的目标能力值或目标能力值集合为终端设备确定目标定时差是否超定时范围时的探测参考信号SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合;网络设备根据定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围,包括:网络设备将目标能力值与初始能力值进行比较,或者,网络设备将目标能力值集合与初始能力值集合进行比较,其中,终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为终端设备与网络设备建立通信连接时SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合;若目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合,则网络设备确定目标定时差超定时范围;若目标能力值等同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:则网络设备确定目标定时差未超定时范围。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device determines the target timing difference for the terminal device. Whether the detection reference signal SRS port capability value or capability value set exceeds the timing range; the network device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference, including: the network device sets the target The capability value is compared with the initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with the initial capability value set, where the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is the SRS when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device. The port's capability value or capability value set; if the target capability value is different from the terminal device's initial capability value, or the target capability value set is different from the terminal device's initial capability value set, the network device determines that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; if The target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: then the network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
以上第五方面、第六方面和第七方面以及其任一种可能的实现方式中的有益效果可以参阅第一方面至第四方面的相应描述进行理解,此处不再重复描述。The beneficial effects of the above fifth, sixth and seventh aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof can be understood by referring to the corresponding descriptions of the first to fourth aspects, and will not be repeated here.
本申请第八方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:An eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
收发模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一参考信号。The transceiver module is configured to receive the first reference signal sent by the network device.
处理模块,用于基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差。A processing module configured to determine a target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
收发模块,还用于向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。The transceiver module is also configured to send at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference to the network device. The timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,还用于测量第一参考信号,以得到第一参考信号的测量报告。In a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the processing module is also configured to measure the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report of the first reference signal.
收发模块,具体用于向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项包含于测量报告中。The transceiver module is specifically configured to send a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device. At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项携带在第一消息中;或者,定时指示信息携带在第一消息中,目标定时差携带在第二消息中。In a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the second message middle.
本申请第九方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
处理模块,用于测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号,以及基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差。A processing module configured to measure the first reference signal sent by the network device and determine the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
收发模块,用于向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。A transceiver module, configured to send a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal to the network device, where the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the target timing difference. Whether it exceeds the timing range.
本申请第十方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A tenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
处理模块,用于测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号,以确定目标定时差。 A processing module configured to measure the first reference signal sent by the network device to determine the target timing difference.
收发模块,用于向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。A transceiver module, configured to send a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal to the network device, where the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate the target timing difference. Whether it exceeds the timing range.
本申请第十一方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:An eleventh aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
处理模块,用于测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号。A processing module configured to measure the first reference signal sent by the network device.
收发模块,用于向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息,定时指示信息用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。A transceiver module, configured to send a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal to the network device, where the measurement report/first message includes timing indication information, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is applicable. Based on the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the direction of the first reference signal.
在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,还用于基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差,目标定时差是否超定时范围用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。In a possible implementation of the eleventh aspect, the processing module is further configured to determine a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal. Whether it is applicable to the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the first reference signal direction.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,具体用于将第一参考信号和第二参考信号的接收定时差确定为目标定时差;其中,第二参考信号为网络设备通过SSB向终端设备发送的同步信号,或者,第二参考信号与第一参考信号是终端设备同时启动接收的一对信号,且归属于不同的测量资源集合。In a possible implementation of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference; wherein, the second reference signal It is a synchronization signal sent by the network device to the terminal device through SSB, or the second reference signal and the first reference signal are a pair of signals that the terminal device starts receiving at the same time, and belong to different measurement resource sets.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,具体用于将第一参考信号的预期上行定时差确定为目标定时差,该预期上行定时差指的是将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的发送空域滤波器时,终端设备基于不同的下行信号确定的下行同步时间再加上当前的定时提前TA所得到的上行定时的时间差。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect to the eleventh aspect, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal as the target timing difference, where the expected uplink timing difference refers to the received When the airspace receiving filter of the first reference signal is used as the transmitting airspace filter for uplink transmission, the downlink synchronization time determined by the terminal device based on different downlink signals is added to the uplink timing time difference obtained by the current timing advance TA.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;其中,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam. ; Or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the terminal equipment to receive the first reference signal. The beam is used as the reference determined uplink transmission beam.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the time when the terminal device will receive the first reference signal. The airspace receiving filter serves as an airspace filter for uplink transmission; alternatively, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the airspace receiving filter where the terminal equipment will receive the first reference signal. As a spatial filter for uplink transmission.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息,配置信息包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the transceiver module is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report Target timing difference.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括与第一指示信息关联的信息,与第一指示信息关联的信息包括SSB的索引、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的资源索引和路径损耗参考信号的索引中的至少一个索引;与第一指示信息关联的信息用于指示终端设备上报至少一个索引对应的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an index of the SSB, a channel state information reference signal CSI - at least one index among the resource index of the RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括准同位指示信息, 准同位指示信息用于指示终端设备上报与至少一个索引对应的参考信号具有准同位关系的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect to the eleventh aspect, the configuration information also includes quasi-colocation indication information, The quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of a reference signal that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备上报能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量、终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限、终端设备是否支持基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差、终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报目标定时差,以及终端设备是否支持上报目标定时差。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the transceiver module is also used to receive configuration information from the network device. The method further includes: the terminal device reports capability information to the network device, and the capability information includes At least one of the following: whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, whether the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal equipment supports determining target timing based on the first reference signal difference, whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过1bit的二进制数值来表示。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect to the eleventh aspect, the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差通过大于1bit的二进制数值来表示。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过目标能力值或目标能力值集合来表示,目标能力值或目标能力值集合表示终端设备确定目标定时差是否超定时范围时的上行发送能力值或能力值集合。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set indicates whether the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds The uplink transmission capability value or capability value set within the timing range.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的目标能力值或目标能力值集合为终端设备确定目标定时差是否超定时范围时的SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is the capability value or capability value of the SRS port when the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. gather.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合不同时指示目标定时差超定时范围;或者,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合相同时指示目标定时差不超定时范围。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, having the same SRS port number does not indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. When the target capability values or target capability value sets of the SRS ports of the port number are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于向网络设备发送终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合;其中,终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为终端设备与网络设备建立通信连接时SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the transceiver module is also configured to send the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device to the network device; wherein the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device The capability value set is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示目标定时差超定时范围;或者,目标能力值等同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示目标定时差未超定时范围。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate the target The timing difference exceeds the timing range; or the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
在第八方面至第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于接收来自网络设备的目标上行发送定时,目标上行发送定时是目标定时差超范围时网络设备确定的;终端设备根据目标上行发送定时在目标波束上进行上行发送,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth to eleventh aspects, the transceiver module is also used to receive the target uplink transmission timing from the network device, and the target uplink transmission timing is determined by the network device when the target timing difference exceeds the range; The terminal device performs uplink transmission on the target beam according to the target uplink transmission timing. The target beam is the uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
上述第八方面至第十一方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,收发模块用于执行如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种实现方式中接收和发送的操作,处理模块用于执行如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种实现方式中处理的操作。In the above-mentioned eighth to eleventh aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the transceiver module is used to perform the operations of receiving and sending in any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any implementation manner. , the processing module is configured to perform operations as processed in any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any implementation manner.
本申请第十二方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,目标定时差是终端设备基于第一参考信号确定的。 A transceiver module, configured to send a first reference signal to the terminal device, and receive at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference from the terminal device. The target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal.
处理模块,用于根据定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围。A processing module configured to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
在第十二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,具体用于接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项包含于测量报告中。In a possible implementation of the twelfth aspect, the transceiver module is specifically configured to receive a measurement report of the first reference signal from the terminal device, and at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report .
在第十二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项携带在第一消息中;或者,定时指示信息携带在第一消息中,目标定时差携带在第二消息中。In a possible implementation of the twelfth aspect, at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or, the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the first message. In the second message.
本申请第十三方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,目标定时差是终端设备基于第一参考信号确定的。A transceiver module, configured to send a first reference signal to a terminal device, and receive a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device, where the measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference. Item, the target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal.
处理模块,用于根据定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围。A processing module configured to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
本申请第十四方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息,测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息,定时指示信息用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。A transceiver module, configured to send a first reference signal to a terminal device and receive a measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device. The measurement report/first message includes timing indication information, and the timing indication information is used to indicate based on Whether the uplink transmission timing determined by the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the direction of the first reference signal.
处理模块,用于根据定时指示信息确定基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。A processing module configured to determine, according to the timing indication information, whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the direction of the first reference signal.
在第十四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于接收来自于终端设备的目标定时差,目标定时差是否超定时范围用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。In a possible implementation of the fourteenth aspect, the transceiver module is also configured to receive a target timing difference from the terminal device. Whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal. Whether it is applicable to the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment in the first reference signal direction.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,In the twelfth aspect to the fourteenth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof,
处理模块,还用于当目标定时差超定时范围时,为终端设备确定目标上行发送定时。The processing module is also used to determine the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device when the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
收发模块,还用于向终端设备发送目标上行发送定时,目标上行发送定时用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。The transceiver module is also used to send the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal equipment. The target uplink transmission timing is used for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam. The target beam is the uplink transmission determined by the terminal equipment using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference. beam.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;其中,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is not suitable for the terminal equipment on the target beam. uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the terminal equipment to receive the first The beam of the reference signal is used as the reference determined uplink transmission beam.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器;或者,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围表示:终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备将接收第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器。 In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the terminal device to receive the first The airspace reception filter of the reference signal is used as the airspace filter for uplink transmission; or, the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is suitable for the airspace where the terminal equipment will receive the first reference signal. The receive filter serves as a spatial filter for uplink transmission.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,In the twelfth aspect to the fourteenth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof,
收发模块,还用于向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报目标定时差。The transceiver module is also configured to send configuration information to the terminal device. The configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括与第一指示信息关联的信息,与第一指示信息关联的信息包括SSB的索引、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的资源索引和路径损耗参考信号的索引中的至少一个索引;与第一指示信息关联的信息用于指示终端设备上报至少一个索引对应的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes the index of the SSB, the channel state information At least one index among the resource index of the reference signal CSI-RS and the index of the path loss reference signal; the information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index. Difference.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,配置信息还包括准同位指示信息,准同位指示信息用于指示终端设备上报与至少一个索引对应的参考信号具有准同位关系的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the configuration information also includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report that the reference signal corresponding to at least one index has quasi-colocation. When reporting the measurement of the co-located reference signal, the target timing difference is reported.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,In the twelfth aspect to the fourteenth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof,
收发模块,还用于接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量、终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限、终端设备是否支持基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差、终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报目标定时差,以及终端设备是否支持上报目标定时差。The transceiver module is also used to receive capability information from the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, and the bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal device for timing measurement based on downlink signals. Greater than the preset threshold, whether the terminal device supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过1bit的二进制数值来表示。In the twelfth aspect to the fourteenth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息和目标定时差通过大于1bit的二进制数值来表示。In aspects 12 to 14, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,定时指示信息通过目标能力值或目标能力值集合来表示,终端设备的目标能力值或目标能力值集合为终端设备确定目标定时差是否超定时范围时的探测参考信号SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合。In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a target capability value set, and the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is the terminal device. The capability value or capability value set of the sounding reference signal SRS port when determining whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合不同时指示目标定时差超定时范围;或者,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合相同时指示目标定时差不超定时范围。In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation thereof, the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same number of SRS ports do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, When the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
在第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,处理模块,具体用于将目标能力值与初始能力值进行比较,或者,网络设备将目标能力值集合与初始能力值集合进行比较,其中,终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为终端设备与网络设备建立通信连接时SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合;若目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合,则网络设备确定目标定时差超定时范围;若目标能力值等同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:则网络设备确定目标定时差未超定时范围。In the twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the processing module is specifically used to compare the target capability value with the initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with the initial capability Value sets are compared, where the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device; if the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device , or the target capability value set is different from the terminal device's initial capability value set, then the network device determines that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; if the target capability value is equal to the terminal device's initial capability value, or the target capability value set is equal to the terminal Initial capability value set of the device: The network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
上述第十二方面至第十四方面,以及其任一可能的实现方式中,收发模块用于执行如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种实现方式中接收和发送的操作,处理模块用于执行如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种实现方式中处理的操作。In the above-mentioned twelfth to fourteenth aspects, and any possible implementation manner thereof, the transceiver module is used to perform the receiving and sending in any one of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect, and any implementation manner. In the operation, the processing module is configured to perform operations processed in any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any implementation manner.
本申请第十五方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:处理器、存储器和收发器。该存储器中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的 计算机程序或计算机指令,使得处理器实现如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及,以及任一种实现方式处理的操作,收发器用于收发信号,如:实现如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种实现方式中接收和发送的操作。A fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. Computer programs or computer instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor is used to call and run the programs stored in the memory. The computer program or the computer instructions enable the processor to implement any one of the first to fourth aspects, and the operations processed by any implementation method, and the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: to implement the first to fourth aspects. Any of the four aspects, and receive and send operations in either implementation.
本申请第十六方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:处理器、存储器和收发器。该存储器中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序或计算机指令,使得处理器实现如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及,以及任一种实现方式处理的操作,收发器用于收发信号,如:实现如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种实现方式中接收和发送的操作。A sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. Computer programs or computer instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any An implementation handles an operation in which a transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: implementing any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and the operations of receiving and transmitting in any implementation.
本申请第十七方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,处理器用于执行如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面的任意一种实现方式。A seventeenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to execute any implementation manner of any one of the first to fourth aspects.
本申请第十八方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,处理器用于执行如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面的任意一种实现方式。An eighteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to execute any implementation manner of any one of the fifth to seventh aspects.
本申请第十九方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any one of Method to realize.
本申请第二十方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A twentieth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer causes the computer to execute any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any one of the following: Method to realize.
本申请第二十一方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A twenty-first aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of the first to fourth aspects, and any one of the following: Method to realize.
本申请第二十二方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A twenty-second aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and any one of the following: Method to realize.
本申请第二十三方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于调用该存储器中的计算机程序或计算机指令,以使得该处理器执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A twenty-third aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects, and Any implementation method.
可选的,该处理器通过接口与该存储器耦合。Optionally, the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
本申请第二十四方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于调用该存储器中的计算机程序或计算机指令,以使得该处理器执行如第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A twenty-fourth aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the fifth to seventh aspects, and Any implementation method.
可选的,该处理器通过接口与该存储器耦合。Optionally, the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
本申请第二十五方面提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如终端设备和网络设备,终端设备用于执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式;网络设备用于执行上述第五方面至第七方面中任一方面,以及任一种的实现方式。A twenty-fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes, for example, a terminal device and a network device. The terminal device is used to perform any one of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects, and any implementation manner; The network device is used to perform any one of the above fifth to seventh aspects, and any implementation manner.
本申请第二十六方面提供一种信息上报的方法,包括:终端设备接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号;终端设备基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间 差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差。A twenty-sixth aspect of the present application provides a method for reporting information, including: a terminal device receiving a first reference signal from a target cell; and the terminal device determining whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal: Whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is needed. The measurement gap is used by the terminal equipment to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell. The target time difference is the signal reception time difference and the signal arrival time. Difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell. The signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the signal from the serving cell and the signal from the target cell reaching the terminal device. The synchronization time difference is the time difference between the signal from the serving cell and the signal from the target cell. The time difference between the synchronization signal and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
本申请中,目标小区可以为服务小区的邻区,终端设备可以基于对邻区的第一参考信号的测量、对第一参考信号的接收或者基于对第一参考信号的测量结果来确定是否需要测量间隙,若需要测量间隙,还可以确定测量间隙的具体值,或者目标时间差,然后将这些信息中的至少一项上报给服务小区,这样,服务小区就可以根据接收到的相应信息进行信号控制,如:在测量间隙内,服务小区会暂停向终端设备发送数据或者信号,或暂停从终端设备接收数据或信号,从而提高了终端设备与服务小区之间通信的精准度。In this application, the target cell may be a neighboring cell of the serving cell, and the terminal device may determine whether it is necessary based on the measurement of the first reference signal of the neighboring cell, the reception of the first reference signal, or the measurement result of the first reference signal. Measurement gap. If you need to measure the gap, you can also determine the specific value of the measurement gap or the target time difference, and then report at least one of these pieces of information to the serving cell. In this way, the serving cell can perform signal control based on the corresponding information received. , for example: within the measurement gap, the serving cell will suspend sending data or signals to the terminal device, or suspend receiving data or signals from the terminal device, thereby improving the accuracy of communication between the terminal device and the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,目标小区为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。In a possible implementation manner, the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项,包括:终端设备基于第一参考信号以及目标信息确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项,目标信息包括服务小区与目标小区的下行定时差、服务小区的下行定时,以及第二参考信号中的至少一个,第二参考信号为除目标小区之外的其他小区的参考信号。In a possible implementation, the terminal device determines whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal, including: the terminal device determines whether to report the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal and the target information. At least one item of the target information includes the downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, the downlink timing of the serving cell, and at least one of the second reference signal. The second reference signal is the reference signal of other cells except the target cell. .
该种可能的实现方式中,除目标小区之外的其他小区可以为服务小区或者目标小区的其他邻居,第二参考信号为跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)、通过同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)传输的同步信号或者信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS)。In this possible implementation, other cells other than the target cell can be the serving cell or other neighbors of the target cell, and the second reference signal is a tracking reference signal (TRS), through a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal). block, SSB) transmitted synchronization signal or channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS).
一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:当第一项和第二项的执行有冲突时,终端设备根据第一项和第二项的优化关系执行其中优先级高的一项,第一项为根据测量间隙执行对目标小区的周期性第一参考信号的测量,第二项为对服务小区的目标资源或目标信号的发送或接收。In a possible implementation, the method also includes: when there is a conflict between the execution of the first item and the second item, the terminal device executes the item with a higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item. One item is to perform the measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell according to the measurement gap, and the second item is to send or receive the target resource or target signal of the serving cell.
该种可能的实现方式中,目标小区可以周期性发送第一参考信号,终端设备基于前面周期的第一参考信号确定是否需要测量间隙后,若服务小区为终端设备配置了相应的测量间隙,在后面的周期,终端设备就可以根据测量间隙测量后面周期的第一参考信号。目标资源或目标信道可以是特殊资源或特殊信道,如:可以是SSB、周期CSI-RS、周期上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)、关联下行控制信道Type0-(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)、CSS的COERSET、随机接入信道(random access channel,PRACH)资源、探测参考(sounding reference,SR)资源。例如:当根据测量间隙执行对周期性第一参考信号的测量与上述一种或多种信道/信号的发送或接收交叠时,测量间隙失效,优先特殊资源或特殊信道的信号的接收或发送。In this possible implementation, the target cell can periodically send the first reference signal. After the terminal device determines whether a measurement gap is needed based on the first reference signal of the previous cycle, if the serving cell configures a corresponding measurement gap for the terminal device, In the following period, the terminal equipment can measure the first reference signal of the following period according to the measurement gap. The target resource or target channel can be a special resource or special channel, such as: it can be SSB, periodic CSI-RS, periodic uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), associated downlink control channel Type0- (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH ), CSS COERSET, random access channel (PRACH) resources, sounding reference (sounding reference, SR) resources. For example: when the measurement of the periodic first reference signal according to the measurement gap overlaps with the transmission or reception of one or more of the above channels/signals, the measurement gap becomes invalid and priority is given to the reception or transmission of signals of special resources or special channels. .
一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备从服务小区切换到目标小区后,向目标小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: after the terminal device switches from the serving cell to the target cell, reporting to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
该种可能的实现方式中,当终端设备切换服务小区后,目标小区成为当前的服务小区,终端设备可以将之前保存的否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项上 报给当前的服务小区,从而便于当前的服务小区准确与终端设备进行通信。In this possible implementation, when the terminal device switches the serving cell, the target cell becomes the current serving cell, and the terminal device can update at least one of the previously saved measurement gaps, measurement gaps, or target time differences. Report to the current serving cell, thereby facilitating the current serving cell to accurately communicate with the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向服务小区上报能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否需要测量间隙、终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙,以及终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值。In a possible implementation, before the terminal device receives the first reference signal from the target cell, the method further includes: the terminal device reporting capability information to the serving cell, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap; Whether the terminal device supports reporting measurement gaps, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the threshold value of the measurement gap.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备上报是否需要测量间隙或者上报测量间隙,包括:当目标时间差大于测量间隙的门限值时,终端设备上报需要测量间隙或者上报测量间隙。In one possible implementation, the terminal device reports whether a measurement gap is needed or reports a measurement gap, including: when the target time difference is greater than a threshold value of the measurement gap, the terminal device reports the need for a measurement gap or reports a measurement gap.
该种可能的实现方式中,当有测量间隙的门限值时,可以根据目标时间差与该门限值的比较结果再确定是否上报测量间隙,如果目标时间差小于门限值可以不上报测量间隙,目标时间差大于门限值时才上报,这样,可以不会造成因为极小的目标时间差,而停止终端设备与服务小区之间的通信。In this possible implementation, when there is a threshold value for the measurement gap, it can be determined whether to report the measurement gap based on the comparison result between the target time difference and the threshold value. If the target time difference is less than the threshold value, the measurement gap does not need to be reported. The target time difference is reported only when it is greater than the threshold value. In this way, the communication between the terminal device and the serving cell will not be stopped due to a very small target time difference.
本申请第二十七方面提供一种信息上报的方法,包括:The twenty-seventh aspect of this application provides a method for reporting information, including:
网络设备接收终端设备上报的以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差;网络设备根据是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项与终端设备通信。The network device receives at least one of the following information reported by the terminal device: whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell, and the target time difference It is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal equipment receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell. The signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the signal of the serving cell and the signal of the target cell reaching the terminal equipment. , the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell; the network device communicates with the terminal device according to whether at least one of the measurement gap, the measurement gap, or the target time difference is required.
一种可能的实现方式中,目标小区为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。In a possible implementation manner, the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:网络设备接收终端设备上报的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否需要测量间隙、终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙,以及终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: the network device receives capability information reported by the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting of measurement gaps, and whether the terminal device Supports reporting of threshold values for measurement gaps.
本申请第二十八方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A twenty-eighth aspect of this application provides a communication device, which includes:
收发模块,用于接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号;A transceiver module configured to receive the first reference signal from the target cell;
处理模块,用于基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差。A processing module configured to determine, based on the first reference signal, whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell: whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to perform a measurement on the target cell or on the target. The reference signal of the cell is measured. The target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell. The signal arrival time difference is the signal sum of the serving cell. The time difference between the signal of the target cell and the terminal equipment is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,目标小区为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。In a possible implementation manner, the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,具体用于基于第一参考信号以及目标信息确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项,目标信息包括服务小区与目标小区的下行定时差、服务小区的下行定时,第二参考信号为除目标小区之外的其他小区的参考信号。 In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to determine whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal and target information. The target information includes the downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, service The downlink timing of the cell, the second reference signal is the reference signal of other cells except the target cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,还用于当第一项和第二项的执行有冲突时,终端设备根据第一项和第二项的优化关系执行其中优先级高的一项,第一项为根据测量间隙执行对目标小区的周期性第一参考信号的测量,第二项为对服务小区的目标资源或目标信号的发送或接收。In a possible implementation, the processing module is also used to, when the execution of the first item and the second item conflict, the terminal device executes the item with a higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item. The first item is to perform the measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell according to the measurement gap, and the second item is to send or receive the target resource or target signal of the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于从服务小区切换到目标小区后,向目标小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used to report to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is needed after switching from the serving cell to the target cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于在接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号之前,向服务小区上报能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否需要测量间隙、终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙,以及终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to report capability information to the serving cell before receiving the first reference signal from the target cell. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap; Whether the reporting of measurement gaps is supported, and whether the terminal device supports reporting of the threshold value of the measurement gaps.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于当目标时间差大于测量间隙的门限值时,上报测量间隙。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used to report the measurement gap when the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap.
本申请第二十九方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A twenty-ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which includes:
收发模块,用于接收终端设备上报的以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差。The transceiver module is configured to receive at least one of the following information reported by the terminal device: whether a measurement gap is required, a measurement gap, or a target time difference, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell. , the target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the serving cell. The signal arrival time difference is the signal from the serving cell and the signal from the target cell reaching the terminal. The time difference of the device, the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
处理模块,用于根据是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项与终端设备通信。A processing module configured to communicate with the terminal device according to whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
一种可能的实现方式中,目标小区为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。In a possible implementation manner, the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于接收终端设备上报的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否需要测量间隙、终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙,以及终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to receive capability information reported by the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting of measurement gaps, and whether the terminal device supports The threshold value for reporting the measurement gap.
本申请三十方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:处理器、存储器和收发器。该存储器中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序或计算机指令,使得处理器实现如第二十六方面以及第二十六方面中任一种实现方式中处理的操作,收发器用于收发信号,如:实现如第二十六方面以及第二十六方面中任一种实现方式中接收和发送的操作。A thirty-second aspect of this application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory stores computer programs or computer instructions, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect. The operations processed in the method, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: implementing the operations of receiving and transmitting as in the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-sixth aspect.
本申请三十一方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:处理器、存储器和收发器。该存储器中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序或计算机指令,使得处理器实现如第二十七方面以及第二十七方面中任一种实现方式中处理的操作,收发器用于收发信号,如:实现如第二十七方面以及第二十七方面中任一种实现方式中接收和发送的操作。A thirty-first aspect of this application provides a communication device, which includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory stores computer programs or computer instructions, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect. The operations processed in the method, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, such as: implementing the operations of receiving and sending in any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect.
本申请第三十二方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第二十六方面以及第二十六方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。 The thirty-second aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps in any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect. .
本申请第三十三方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第二十七方面以及第二十七方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。The thirty-third aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps in any one of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect. .
本申请第三十四方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第二十六方面以及第二十六方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。The thirty-fourth aspect of this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-sixth aspect. steps in.
本申请第三十五方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第二十七方面以及第二十七方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。The thirty-fifth aspect of this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-seventh aspect. steps in.
本申请第三十六方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于调用该存储器中的计算机程序或计算机指令,以使得该处理器执行第二十六方面以及第二十六方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。A thirty-sixth aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the twenty-sixth aspect. steps in an implementation approach.
可选的,该处理器通过接口与该存储器耦合。Optionally, the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
本申请第三十七方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于调用该存储器中的计算机程序或计算机指令,以使得该处理器执行如第二十七方面以及第二十七方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。A thirty-seventh aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions in the memory, so that the processor executes the twenty-seventh aspect and any of the twenty-seventh aspects. steps in an implementation.
可选的,该处理器通过接口与该存储器耦合。Optionally, the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
本申请第三十八方面提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如终端设备和网络设备,终端设备用于执行上述第二十六方面以及第二十六方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤;网络设备用于执行上述第二十七方面以及第二十七方面中任一种实现方式中的步骤。The thirty-eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes, for example, a terminal device and a network device. The terminal device is used to perform the steps in the above-mentioned twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-sixth aspect. ; The network device is used to perform the steps in the above-mentioned twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation methods of the twenty-seventh aspect.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本申请实施例具有以下优点:终端设备可以基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差,然后向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,以通知网络设备目标定时差是否超定时范围。如果超范围,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使多点通信场景中终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages: the terminal device can determine the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and then send at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device to notify the network Whether the device target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmission of the terminal device in different directions in a multipoint communication scenario can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1A是本申请实施例提供的通信系统的一结构示意图;Figure 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1B是本申请实施例提供的通信系统的另一结构示意图;Figure 1B is another schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1C是本申请实施例提供的通信系统的另一结构示意图;Figure 1C is another schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的定时指示的方法的一实施例示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a timing indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A是本申请实施例提供的测量报告的上报形式的一示例示意图;Figure 3A is a schematic diagram of an example of the reporting form of the measurement report provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3B是本申请实施例提供的测量报告的上报形式的另一示例示意图;Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of another example of the reporting form of the measurement report provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的测量报告的上报形式的另一示例示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of another example of the reporting form of the measurement report provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5A是终端设备中天线面板的一能力值表现示意图;Figure 5A is a schematic diagram showing a capability value of an antenna panel in a terminal device;
图5B是本申请实施例提供的终端设备中天线面板的另一能力值表现示意图;Figure 5B is a schematic diagram showing another capability value of the antenna panel in the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的定时指示的方法的另一实施例示意图; Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的定时指示的方法的另一实施例示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一个结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一个结构示意图;Figure 9 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一个结构示意图;Figure 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一个结构示意图;Figure 11 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一个结构示意图。Figure 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合附图,对本申请的实施例进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着技术发展和新场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Obviously, the described embodiments are only part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all the embodiments. Persons of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the development of technology and the emergence of new scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the data so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments described herein can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions, e.g., a process, method, system, product, or apparatus that encompasses a series of steps or units and need not be limited to those explicitly listed. Those steps or elements may instead include other steps or elements not expressly listed or inherent to the process, method, product or apparatus.
本申请实施例提供一种定时指示的方法,用于使网络设备可以及时获知终端设备定时超范围状况,便于为终端设备配置合适的上行发送定时。本申请实施例还提供了相应的设备、通信系统、计算机可读存储介质,以及计算机程序产品等。以下分别进行详细说明。Embodiments of the present application provide a method for timing indication, so that network equipment can promptly learn the timing out-of-range status of terminal equipment, so as to facilitate configuring appropriate uplink transmission timing for terminal equipment. Embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding equipment, communication systems, computer-readable storage media, computer program products, etc. Each is explained in detail below.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、5G网络之后的移动通信系统(例如,6G移动通信系统)、车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5G) systems or new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), mobile communication system after 5G network (for example, 6G mobile communication system), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication system, etc.
本申请适用的通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备,网络设备与终端设备之间通过波束进行通信传输。The communication system applicable to this application includes terminal equipment and network equipment. Communication transmission between network equipment and terminal equipment is carried out through beams.
下面对本申请的终端设备和网络设备进行介绍。The terminal equipment and network equipment of this application are introduced below.
终端设备可以是能够接收网络设备调度和指示信息的无线终端设备。无线终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。The terminal device may be a wireless terminal device capable of receiving network device scheduling and indication information. A wireless end device may refer to a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with wireless connectivity capabilities, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
终端设备,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是包括无线通信功能(向用户提供语音/数据连通性)的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备 (mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车联网中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。例如,车联网中的无线终端可以为车载设备、整车设备、车载模块、车辆等。工业控制中的无线终端可以为摄像头、机器人等。智慧家庭中的无线终端可以为电视、空调、扫地机、音箱、机顶盒等。Terminal equipment, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., includes wireless communication functions (providing voice/data connectivity to users) Devices, such as handheld devices with wireless connection capabilities, or vehicle-mounted devices. Currently, some examples of terminal devices are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, and mobile Internet devices. (mobile internet device, MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, Wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, smart cities wireless terminals in a city, or wireless terminals in a smart home, etc. For example, wireless terminals in the Internet of Vehicles can be vehicle-mounted equipment, vehicle equipment, vehicle-mounted modules, vehicles, etc. Wireless terminals in industrial control can be cameras, robots, etc. Wireless terminals in smart homes can be TVs, air conditioners, sweepers, speakers, set-top boxes, etc.
网络设备可以无线网络中的设备。例如,网络设备是部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备。例如,网络设备可以为将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点,又可以称为接入网设备。Network devices can be devices in a wireless network. For example, a network device is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices. For example, the network device may be a radio access network (RAN) node that connects the terminal device to the wireless network, and may also be called an access network device.
网络设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G移动通信系统中的网络设备。例如,新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB),传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP),传输点(transmission point,TP);或者,5G移动通信系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板;或者,网络设备还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点。例如,基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。Network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC) , base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be used in 5G mobile communication systems network equipment. For example, next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), transmission reception point (TRP), transmission point (TP) in the new radio (NR) system; or 5G mobile communication system One or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station; alternatively, the network device may also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point. For example, baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来。因此在该架构下,高层信令(如RRC层信令)也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一个或多个的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions. DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions. The information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer. Therefore, under this architecture, high-level signaling (such as RRC layer signaling) can also be considered to be sent by DU, or sent by DU and AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
为便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先对本申请中涉及的术语做简单介绍。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, the terms involved in this application are briefly introduced below.
1、波束(beam):波束是一种通信资源。波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他 类型波束,形成波束的技术可以是波束成形技术或者其他技术手段。波束成形技术可以具体为数字波束成形技术、模拟波束成形技术和混合数字/模拟波束成形技术。不同的波束可以认为是不同的资源。1. Beam: Beam is a communication resource. The beam can be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other Type beam, the beam forming technology can be beam forming technology or other technical means. Beamforming technology can be specifically digital beamforming technology, analog beamforming technology, and hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology. Different beams can be considered as different resources.
波束在NR协议中可以称为空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),空间滤波器(spatial filter),空域参数(spatial domain parameter),空间参数(spatial parameter),空域设置(spatial domain setting),空间设置(spatial setting),准共址(quasi-colocation,QCL)信息,QCL假设,或QCL指示等。波束可以通过传输配置指示状态(transmission configuration indicator state,TCI-state)TCI-state参数来指示,或者通过空间关系(spatial relation)参数来指示。因此,本申请中,波束可以替换为空域滤波器,空间滤波器,空域参数,空间参数,空域设置,空间设置,QCL信息,QCL假设,QCL指示,TCI-state(包括上行TCI-state,下行TCI-state),或空间关系等。上述术语之间也相互等效。波束也可以替换为其他表示波束的术语,本申请在此不作限定。The beam in the NR protocol can be called spatial domain filter, spatial filter, spatial domain parameter, spatial parameter, spatial domain setting, spatial setting (spatial setting), quasi-colocation (QCL) information, QCL assumption, or QCL indication, etc. The beam can be indicated by the transmission configuration indicator state (TCI-state) TCI-state parameter, or by the spatial relation parameter. Therefore, in this application, the beam can be replaced by spatial filter, spatial filter, spatial parameter, spatial parameter, spatial setting, spatial setting, QCL information, QCL assumption, QCL indication, TCI-state (including uplink TCI-state, downlink TCI-state). TCI-state), or spatial relationship, etc. The above terms are also equivalent to each other. Beam can also be replaced by other terms indicating beam, which is not limited in this application.
用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter),空间发送滤波器(spatial transmission filter),空域发送参数(spatial domain transmission parameter),空间发送参数(spatial transmission parameter),空域发送设置(spatial domain transmission setting),或者空间发送设置(spatial transmission setting)。下行发送波束可以通过TCI-state来指示。The beam used to transmit signals can be called transmission beam (transmission beam, Tx beam), spatial domain transmission filter (spatial domain transmission filter), spatial transmission filter (spatial transmission filter), spatial domain transmission parameter (spatial domain transmission parameter), spatial transmission parameter, spatial domain transmission setting, or spatial transmission setting. The downlink transmit beam can be indicated by TCI-state.
用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),空域接收滤波器(spatial domain reception filter),空间接收滤波器(spatial reception filter),空域接收参数(spatial domain reception parameter)或者空间接收参数(spatial reception parameter),空域接收设置(spatial domain reception setting),或者空间接收设置(spatial reception setting)。上行发送波束可以通过空间关系、上行TCI-state、信道探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)资源(表示使用该SRS的发送波束)中任一种来指示。因此,上行波束还可以替换为SRS资源。The beam used to receive the signal may be called a reception beam (reception beam, Rx beam), spatial domain reception filter (spatial domain reception filter), spatial reception filter (spatial reception filter), spatial domain reception parameter (spatial domain reception parameter) or spatial reception parameter, spatial domain reception setting, or spatial reception setting. The uplink transmit beam can be indicated by any one of spatial relationships, uplink TCI-state, and channel sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) resources (indicating the transmit beam using the SRS). Therefore, the uplink beam can also be replaced by SRS resources.
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after the signal is emitted by the antenna, and the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
2.准同位/准共址(quasi-co-location,QCL):同位关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相类似的通信特征,对于具有同位关系的多个资源,可以采用相同或者类似的通信配置。例如,如果两个天线端口具有同位关系,那么一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性可以从另一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性推断出来。大尺度特性可以包括:延迟扩展,平均延迟,多普勒扩展,多普勒频移,平均增益,接收参数,终端设备接收波束编号,发射/接收信道相关性,接收到达角,接收机天线的空间相关性,主到达角(angel-of-arrival,AoA),平均到达角,AoA的扩展等。2. Quasi-co-location (QCL): Co-location relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication characteristics. For multiple resources with co-location relationships, The same or similar communication configuration can be used. For example, if two antenna ports have a co-located relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting a symbol at one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting a symbol at the other port. Large-scale characteristics may include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain, reception parameters, terminal equipment receive beam number, transmit/receive channel correlation, receive angle of arrival, receiver antenna Spatial correlation, main angle of arrival (angel-of-arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc.
3.参考信号(reference signal,RS):根据长期演进LTE/NR的协议,在物理层,上行通信包括上行物理信道和上行信号的传输。其中上行物理信道包括随机接入信道(random access channel,PRACH),上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH), 上行数据信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)等,上行信号包括信道探测信号SRS,上行控制信道解调参考信号(PUCCH de-modulation reference signal,PUCCH-DMRS),上行数据信道解调参考信号(PUSCH de-modulation reference signal,PUSCH-DMRS),上行相位噪声跟踪信号(phase noise tracking reference signal,PTRS),上行定位信号(uplink positioning RS)等等。下行通信包括下行物理信道和下行信号的传输。其中下行物理信道包括广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH),下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),下行数据信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)等,下行信号包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,简称PSS)/辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS),下行控制信道解调参考信号(PDCCH de-modulation reference signal,PDCCH-DMRS),下行数据信道解调参考信号(PDSCH de-modulation reference signal,PDSCH-DMRS),相位噪声跟踪信号PTRS,信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS),小区信号(Cell reference signal,CRS)(NR没有),精同步信号(time/frequency tracking reference signal,TRS)(LTE没有),LTE/NR定位信号(positioning RS)等。3. Reference signal (RS): According to the Long Term Evolution LTE/NR protocol, at the physical layer, uplink communication includes the transmission of uplink physical channels and uplink signals. The uplink physical channels include random access channel (PRACH), uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), Uplink data channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH), etc. The uplink signals include channel sounding signal SRS, uplink control channel demodulation reference signal (PUCCH de-modulation reference signal, PUCCH-DMRS), uplink data channel demodulation reference signal (PUSCH) de-modulation reference signal (PUSCH-DMRS), uplink phase noise tracking reference signal (PTRS), uplink positioning signal (uplink positioning RS), etc. Downlink communication includes downlink physical channels and transmission of downlink signals. The downlink physical channels include broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH), downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), downlink data channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), etc., and downlink signals include primary synchronization signal (primary synchronization signal). , PSS for short)/secondary synchronization signal (SSS), downlink control channel demodulation reference signal (PDCCH de-modulation reference signal, PDCCH-DMRS), downlink data channel demodulation reference signal (PDSCH de-modulation reference signal) , PDSCH-DMRS), phase noise tracking signal PTRS, channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell reference signal (CRS) (NR does not have), precision synchronization signal (time/frequency tracking reference signal (TRS) (not available in LTE), LTE/NR positioning signal (positioning RS), etc.
4.传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI):协议中高层通过TCI-state来配置QCL,TCI-state的参数用于在一到两个下行参考信号和PDSCH的DMRS之间配置准共址关系,是下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中用于指示PDSCH天线端口准共址的字段。4. Transmission configuration indicator (TCI): The upper layer of the protocol configures QCL through TCI-state. The parameters of TCI-state are used to configure a quasi-co-location relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and the DMRS of PDSCH. , is a field in the downlink control information (DCI) used to indicate the quasi-colocation of the PDSCH antenna ports.
5.传输接收节点(transmission reception point,TRP):(关于TRP:3GPP TR 38.912中定义:Antenna array with one or more antenna elements available to the network located at a specific geographical location for a specific area.)。在较高频谱情况下,由于一个网络结点(例如基站)覆盖范围有限,如果按照传统小区定义的话,小区覆盖半径会非常小,因此在5G中一般会引入TRP的概念,TRP相当于传统的基站,但在一些情况下,一个小区可能不止一个TRP来覆盖,而是由多个TRP联合覆盖,从而增大了小区的覆盖半径,大大降低了终端在小区上进行不断的切换。5. Transmission reception point (TRP): (About TRP: 3GPP TR 38.912 defines: Antenna array with one or more antenna elements available to the network located at a specific geographical location for a specific area.). In the case of higher spectrum, due to the limited coverage of a network node (such as a base station), if the traditional cell is defined, the cell coverage radius will be very small. Therefore, the concept of TRP is generally introduced in 5G. TRP is equivalent to the traditional base station, but in some cases, a cell may be covered by more than one TRP, but jointly covered by multiple TRPs, thereby increasing the coverage radius of the cell and greatly reducing the constant switching of terminals on the cell.
6.天线面板(panel),可以是网络设备的天线面板,也可以是终端设备的天线面板。一个天线面板上一般有一个或多个天线,这些天线排列成天线阵列,进行波束赋形,从而形成模拟波束。该天线阵列可以生成指向不同方向的模拟波束。也就是说每个天线面板上都可以形成多个模拟波束,可以通过波束测量来确定该天线面板采用哪个模拟波束是最好的。终端设备可以配备多个天线面板,这些天线面板可以分布在不同的位置,朝向不同的方向,这可以保证无论终端设备朝向哪个方向,都至少有一个天线面板是朝向网络设备的,可以与网络设备进行数据传输。终端设备可以同时开启所有天线面板进行传输。或者,为了降低终端设备功耗,终端设备也可以一次只采用单个天线面板进行传输,其他未使用的天线面板可以进行关闭。终端设备的天线面板处于打开还是关闭状态一般需要通知给网络设备,也就是说,终端设备和网络设备之间一般需要交互天线面板的状态信息。6. Antenna panel (panel), which can be the antenna panel of network equipment or the antenna panel of terminal equipment. There are usually one or more antennas on an antenna panel. These antennas are arranged into an antenna array for beamforming to form simulated beams. The antenna array can generate simulated beams pointed in different directions. That is to say, multiple analog beams can be formed on each antenna panel, and beam measurements can be used to determine which analog beam is the best for the antenna panel. Terminal equipment can be equipped with multiple antenna panels. These antenna panels can be distributed in different locations and facing different directions. This can ensure that no matter which direction the terminal equipment is facing, at least one antenna panel is facing the network equipment and can communicate with the network equipment. Perform data transfer. The terminal equipment can turn on all antenna panels at the same time for transmission. Alternatively, in order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment can also use only a single antenna panel for transmission at a time, and other unused antenna panels can be turned off. Whether the antenna panel of the terminal device is in an open or closed state generally needs to be notified to the network device. That is to say, the terminal device and the network device generally need to exchange status information of the antenna panel.
在本申请实施例中,若未做出特别说明,天线面板均指终端设备的天线面板。天线面板也可以用天线面板索引(panel index)等来表示。除此之外,也可以通过其他方式来隐 含表示天线面板,例如天线面板也可以通过天线端口(如CSI-RS端口,SRS端口,解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)端口,相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PTRS)端口,CRS端口,时频跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)端口,同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)端口等)或天线端口组来表征,也可以通过资源(如CSI-RS资源,SRS资源,DMRS资源,PTRS资源,小区参考信号(cell reference signal,CRS)资源,TRS资源,SSB资源等)或资源组来表征,也可以通过某个信道表征(如PUCCH,PUSCH,物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH),PDSCH,物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)等),也可以通过波束,QCL,TCI-state,spatial relation或配置在QCL,TCI-state,spatial relation中的某个索引来表征。也可以通过波束组,QCL组,TCI-state组,spatial relation组等来表征。也就是说,本申请中所述的天线面板/panel标识可以换未上述内容的标识。In the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, the antenna panel refers to the antenna panel of the terminal device. The antenna panel may also be represented by an antenna panel index (panel index) or the like. In addition, there are other ways to hide Including represents the antenna panel. For example, the antenna panel can also pass through the antenna port (such as CSI-RS port, SRS port, demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port, phase tracking reference signal (PTRS) port, CRS port, time-frequency tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS) port, synchronization signal block (SSB) port, etc.) or antenna port group can also be characterized by resources (such as CSI-RS resources, SRS resources , DMRS resources, PTRS resources, cell reference signal (CRS) resources, TRS resources, SSB resources, etc.) or resource groups, or can also be characterized by a certain channel (such as PUCCH, PUSCH, physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH), PDSCH, physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH), etc.), or through beams, QCL, TCI-state, spatial relation Or configure an index in QCL, TCI-state, spatial relation to represent it. It can also be characterized by beam group, QCL group, TCI-state group, spatial relation group, etc. That is to say, the antenna panel/panel logo described in this application can be replaced by a logo other than the above content.
7.能力值集合(capability value set):在一些地方也称为能力值(capability values),两者表达的是相同含义。在Rel-17标准讨论中,针对终端设备可能有多个天线面板,若终端设备发生旋转等,终端设备需要一种机制上报基站发生了panel切换。由于终端设备厂商不希望直接向网络暴露panel,或由网络控制终端设备panel,最终标准妥协下,标准化了capability value set。它是一个逻辑的概念,当前协议中其内容是一个能力——最大的探测参考信号端口(sounding reference signal,SRS port)数。可以理解为,若终端设备多个panel都具有相同的支持的SRS port数,则他们采用相应的capability value ID。在未来版本的协议演进中,该能力值/能力值集合可能还会进一步包括更多的内容。在终端设备上报L1测量报告时,可以对每个测量报告包括一个capability value ID。若终端设备前后针对某参考信号的测量报告关联了不同的capability value ID(即关联不同的SRS port数),则基站可以意识到终端设备是采用了不同的panel进行测量。7. Capability value set: It is also called capability values in some places, and both express the same meaning. In the Rel-17 standard discussion, the terminal equipment may have multiple antenna panels. If the terminal equipment rotates, etc., the terminal equipment needs a mechanism to report that panel switching has occurred at the base station. Since terminal equipment manufacturers do not want to directly expose the panel to the network or have the terminal equipment panel controlled by the network, the capability value set was standardized in the final standard compromise. It is a logical concept, and its content in the current protocol is a capability-the maximum number of sounding reference signal ports (sounding reference signal, SRS port). It can be understood that if multiple panels of the terminal device have the same number of supported SRS ports, they will use the corresponding capability value ID. In the evolution of the protocol in future versions, this ability value/ability value set may further include more content. When the terminal device reports an L1 measurement report, each measurement report can include a capability value ID. If the terminal equipment's previous and later measurement reports for a reference signal are associated with different capability value IDs (that is, associated with different SRS port numbers), the base station can realize that the terminal equipment uses different panels for measurement.
8.定时提前(timing advance,TA):信号在空间传输是有延迟的,距离网络设备越远的终端设备发出的信号到达网络设备的延迟越大。不同终端设备到网络设备的距离远近不一样,所以不同终端设备发送信号到达网络设备的时间差也不一样。这样当终端设备收到网络设备发送的下行信号再发送上行信号,会在不同时刻到达网络设备。为了保证上行传输的正交性,避免小区内(intra-cell)干扰,网络设备要求来自同一子帧但不同频域资源的信号到达网络设备的时间基本上是对齐的,只要落在循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)范围内网络设备就能正确接收终端设备所发送的上行数据。因此,终端设备上行发送需要定时提前,并且不同终端设备的定时提前量不同,网络设备通过终端设备发送的PRACH或SRS来估计终端设备的定时提前量,并通过随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)或定时提前命令(timing advance command,TAC)通知给终端设备。8. Timing advance (TA): There is a delay in signal transmission in space. The farther away the terminal device is from the network device, the greater the delay for the signal to reach the network device. The distance between different terminal devices and the network device is different, so the time difference for signals sent by different terminal devices to reach the network device is also different. In this way, when the terminal device receives the downlink signal sent by the network device and then sends the uplink signal, it will reach the network device at different times. In order to ensure the orthogonality of uplink transmission and avoid intra-cell interference, network equipment requires that signals from the same subframe but different frequency domain resources arrive at the network equipment at basically aligned times, as long as they fall within the cyclic prefix ( The network device within the cyclic prefix (CP) range can correctly receive the uplink data sent by the terminal device. Therefore, the uplink transmission of the terminal device requires timing advance, and the timing advance of different terminal devices is different. The network device estimates the timing advance of the terminal device through the PRACH or SRS sent by the terminal device, and responds through random access response (random access response, RAR) or timing advance command (TAC) to notify the terminal device.
下面介绍本申请适用的三种可能的应用场景。对于其他应用场景本申请仍适用,具体本申请不做限定。The following describes three possible application scenarios for which this application is applicable. This application is still applicable to other application scenarios, and the specific application is not limited.
本申请适用的场景主要包括网络设备和终端设备,其中,可以包括单个或多个网络设备,和单个或多个终端设备。下面图1A和图1B的场景中以两个网络设备和单个终端设备 为例,图1C的场景中以一个网络设备和一个终端设备为例,其中,图1A至图1C的场景中,网络设备都可以与终端设备进行定时通信。The applicable scenarios of this application mainly include network devices and terminal devices, which may include single or multiple network devices and single or multiple terminal devices. In the scenarios of Figure 1A and Figure 1B below, two network devices and a single terminal device are used For example, the scenario of FIG. 1C takes a network device and a terminal device as an example. In the scenarios of FIGS. 1A to 1C , the network device can communicate regularly with the terminal device.
图1A为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的一个场景示意图。请参阅图1A,通信系统包括第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端设备。第一网络设备提供网络覆盖的范围为小区cell0,第二网络设备提供网络覆盖的范围为cell1。当前cell0为终端设备的服务小区,第一网络设备和第二网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信令和下行数据时都是基于cell0的资源。FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 1A, the communication system includes a first network device, a second network device and a terminal device. The first network device provides network coverage within the cell cell0, and the second network device provides network coverage within the cell1. Cell0 is currently the serving cell of the terminal device, and the first network device and the second network device send downlink control signaling and downlink data to the terminal device based on the resources of cell0.
第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备可以通过一个或多个波束向终端设备发送下行控制信令和下行数据,这一个或多个用于传输下行控制信令和下行数据的波束为下行方向上的服务波束。第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备中其他没有为终端设备传输下行控制信令和下行数据的波束对于终端设备来说都为下行方向上的非服务波束。下行方向上的非服务波束可以向终端设备发送参考信号。The first network device and/or the second network device may send downlink control signaling and downlink data to the terminal device through one or more beams. The one or more beams used to transmit downlink control signaling and downlink data are the downlink side. Upward service beam. Other beams in the first network device and/or the second network device that do not transmit downlink control signaling and downlink data for the terminal device are all non-serving beams in the downlink direction for the terminal device. Non-serving beams in the downlink direction can send reference signals to terminal devices.
终端设备也可以通过终端设备提供的一个或多个波束向第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备传输上行控制信令和上行数据,这一个或多个用于传输上行控制信令和上行数据的波束为上行方向上的服务波束。终端设备中其他没有为第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备传输上行控制信令和上行数据的波束都为上行方向上的非服务波束。The terminal device may also transmit uplink control signaling and uplink data to the first network device and/or the second network device through one or more beams provided by the terminal device, which one or more beams are used to transmit uplink control signaling and uplink data. The beam is the service beam in the uplink direction. All other beams in the terminal device that do not transmit uplink control signaling and uplink data for the first network device and/or the second network device are non-serving beams in the uplink direction.
终端设备可以测量下行方向上的服务波束或非服务波束传输的第一参考信号。该第一参考信号可以来源于第一网络设备,也可以来源于第二网络设备。该图1A所示的场景中以第一参考信号来源于第二网络设备为例进行说明。终端设备测量第一参考信号,并基于第一参考信号确定当前的第一定时提前量是否适用于在目标波束上的上行发送,目标波束是以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。例如:该目标波束与传输第一参考信号的波束方向相同或方向偏离度小于一定角度。这个角度可以是终端设备确定的,也可以是预先配置的,如:该角度为10度或20度,具体数值不做限定。若不适用,则终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告时,向第二网络设备发送定时指示信息,以指示第二网络设备为终端设备配置第二定时提前量,以便于终端设备使用该第二定时提前量与第二网络设备进行上行定时通信。The terminal equipment may measure the first reference signal transmitted by the serving beam or the non-serving beam in the downlink direction. The first reference signal may originate from the first network device or the second network device. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1A , the first reference signal originating from the second network device is taken as an example for explanation. The terminal equipment measures the first reference signal and determines, based on the first reference signal, whether the current first timing advance is suitable for uplink transmission on the target beam. The target beam is the uplink transmission determined with the beam receiving the first reference signal as a reference. beam. For example: the target beam has the same direction as the beam transmitting the first reference signal or the direction deviation is less than a certain angle. This angle can be determined by the terminal device, or it can be pre-configured. For example, the angle is 10 degrees or 20 degrees, and the specific value is not limited. If it is not applicable, when the terminal device sends the measurement report of the first reference signal to the second network device, it sends timing indication information to the second network device to instruct the second network device to configure the second timing advance for the terminal device so as to facilitate The terminal device uses the second timing advance to perform uplink timing communication with the second network device.
另外,本申请实施例中,终端设备接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号;终端设备基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal equipment receives the first reference signal from the target cell; the terminal equipment determines whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal: whether a measurement gap is required, a measurement gap, or Target time difference, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal equipment to measure the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell. The target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the signal received by the terminal equipment from the target cell and The time difference between receiving signals from the serving cell, the signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the serving cell signal and the target cell signal reaching the terminal device, and the synchronization time difference is the time difference between the serving cell synchronization signal and the target cell synchronization signal.
其中,目标小区可以为服务小区的邻区,可以为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。在图1A中,若服务小区为cell0,则目标小区可以为cell1。若服务小区为cell1,则目标小区可以为cell0。The target cell may be a neighboring cell of the serving cell, a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario. In Figure 1A, if the serving cell is cell0, the target cell may be cell1. If the serving cell is cell1, the target cell can be cell0.
其中,基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或 者目标时间差,可以是基于对第一参考信号的测量、对第一参考信号的接收或者对第一参考信号的测量结果来确定是否向服务小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差。Wherein, it is determined based on the first reference signal whether reporting to the serving cell requires a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or Or the target time difference may be based on the measurement of the first reference signal, the reception of the first reference signal, or the measurement result of the first reference signal to determine whether to report to the serving cell whether a measurement gap, measurement gap, or target time difference is required.
终端设备在基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项时,还可以结合目标信息进行确定,目标信息包括服务小区与目标小区的下行定时差、服务小区的下行定时,以及第二参考信号中的至少一个,第二参考信号为除目标小区之外的其他小区的参考信号。除目标小区之外的其他小区可以为服务小区或者目标小区的其他邻居,第二参考信号为跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)、通过同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)传输的同步信号或者信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS)。When the terminal device determines whether to report at least one of the measurement gap, measurement gap, or target time difference to the serving cell based on the first reference signal, the terminal device may also make the determination in combination with the target information. The target information includes the downlink of the serving cell and the target cell. At least one of the timing difference, the downlink timing of the serving cell, and the second reference signal, where the second reference signal is a reference signal of another cell except the target cell. Cells other than the target cell may be the serving cell or other neighbors of the target cell. The second reference signal is a tracking reference signal (TRS) or a synchronization signal transmitted through a synchronization signal block (SSB). Or channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS).
其中,测量间隙可以是终端设备的物理层测量的间隙。终端设备在配置的测量间隙中可以调整自身的接收窗来接收目标小区的参考信号,在测量间隙内,终端设备会暂停使用服务小区的接收定时,服务小区与终端设备间的数据或信号的接收或发送会暂停。The measurement gap may be a gap measured by the physical layer of the terminal device. The terminal device can adjust its own reception window in the configured measurement gap to receive the reference signal of the target cell. During the measurement gap, the terminal device will suspend the use of the reception timing of the serving cell, and the reception of data or signals between the serving cell and the terminal device Or sending will be paused.
另外,本申请实施例中,终端设备还会确定第一项和第二项的优化关系,当第一项和第二项的执行有冲突时,终端设备根据第一项和第二项的优化关系执行其中优先级高的一项,第一项为根据测量间隙执行对目标小区的周期性第一参考信号的测量,第二项为对服务小区的目标资源或目标信号的发送或接收。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device will also determine the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item. When the execution of the first item and the second item conflicts, the terminal device will determine the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item. The first item is to perform the measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell according to the measurement gap, and the second item is to send or receive the target resource or target signal of the serving cell.
目标小区可以周期性发送第一参考信号,终端设备基于前面周期的第一参考信号确定是否需要测量间隙后,若服务小区为终端设备配置了相应的测量间隙,在后面的周期,终端设备就可以根据测量间隙测量后面周期的第一参考信号。目标资源或目标信道可以是特殊资源或特殊信道,如:可以是SSB、周期CSI-RS、周期上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)、关联下行控制信道Type0-(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)、CSS的COERSET、随机接入信道(random access channel,PRACH)资源、探测参考(sounding reference,SR)资源。例如:当根据测量间隙执行对周期性第一参考信号的测量与上述一种或多种信道/信号的发送或接收交叠时,测量间隙失效,优先特殊资源或特殊信道的信号的接收或发送。The target cell can periodically send the first reference signal. After the terminal device determines whether a measurement gap is needed based on the first reference signal of the previous cycle, if the serving cell configures the corresponding measurement gap for the terminal device, in the subsequent cycle, the terminal device can The first reference signal for subsequent periods is measured according to the measurement gap. The target resource or target channel can be a special resource or special channel, such as: it can be SSB, periodic CSI-RS, periodic uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), associated downlink control channel Type0- (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH ), CSS COERSET, random access channel (PRACH) resources, sounding reference (sounding reference, SR) resources. For example: when the measurement of the periodic first reference signal according to the measurement gap overlaps with the transmission or reception of one or more of the above channels/signals, the measurement gap becomes invalid and priority is given to the reception or transmission of signals of special resources or special channels. .
本申请实施例中,若需要上报测量间隙,终端设备可以通过独立的消息或信令将测量间隙上报给服务小区,也可以将该测量间隙携带在测量报告中进行上报。In the embodiment of this application, if it is necessary to report the measurement gap, the terminal device can report the measurement gap to the serving cell through an independent message or signaling, or can carry the measurement gap in the measurement report for reporting.
该图1A所示的场景中,涉及到两个小区,如cell0和cell1,在有些场景中,终端设备无需切换服务小区就可以与第二网络设备进行数据传输,在有些场景中,终端设备会发生跨小区移动,终端设备的服务小区可以切换到目标小区,使得目标小区成为服务小区,若终端设备从服务小区切换到目标小区,可以是终端设备向目标小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项;还可以是由原来的服务小区通过高层信令将是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项发送给切换后的服务小区。The scenario shown in Figure 1A involves two cells, such as cell0 and cell1. In some scenarios, the terminal device can transmit data with the second network device without switching the serving cell. In some scenarios, the terminal device will When cross-cell movement occurs, the serving cell of the terminal device can be switched to the target cell, making the target cell become the serving cell. If the terminal device is switched from the serving cell to the target cell, the terminal device can report to the target cell whether a measurement gap and measurement gap are needed. Or at least one of the target time difference; it is also possible that the original serving cell sends to the post-switched serving cell through high-layer signaling whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or at least one of the target time difference is required.
图1B为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的另一个场景示意图。请参阅图1B,通信系统包括第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端设备。该场景中与图1A的场景不同的是,第一网络设备和第二网络设备整体提供网络覆盖的范围为cell0。 FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of another scenario of the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 1B, the communication system includes a first network device, a second network device and a terminal device. The difference between this scenario and the scenario in Figure 1A is that the first network device and the second network device collectively provide network coverage to cell0.
终端设备可以测量下行方向上的服务波束或非服务波束传输的第一参考信号。该第一参考信号可以来源于第一网络设备,也可以来源于第二网络设备,该图1B所示的场景中以第一参考信号来源于第二网络设备为例进行说明。终端设备测量第一参考信号,并基于第一参考信号确定当前的第一定时提前量是否适用于在目标波束上的上行发送,例如:该目标波束与传输第一参考信号的波束方向相同或方向偏离度小于一定角度。这个角度可以是终端设备确定的,也可以是预先配置的,如:该角度为10度或20度,具体数值不做限定。若不适用,则终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告时,向第二网络设备发送定时指示信息,以指示第二网络设备为终端设备配置第二定时提前量,以便于终端设备使用该第二定时提前量与第二网络设备进行上行定时通信。The terminal equipment may measure the first reference signal transmitted by the serving beam or the non-serving beam in the downlink direction. The first reference signal may originate from the first network device or the second network device. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1B , the first reference signal originates from the second network device as an example. The terminal equipment measures the first reference signal, and determines based on the first reference signal whether the current first timing advance is suitable for uplink transmission on the target beam. For example, the target beam is in the same direction as the beam transmitting the first reference signal. The deviation is less than a certain angle. This angle can be determined by the terminal device, or it can be pre-configured. For example, the angle is 10 degrees or 20 degrees, and the specific value is not limited. If it is not applicable, when the terminal device sends the measurement report of the first reference signal to the second network device, it sends timing indication information to the second network device to instruct the second network device to configure the second timing advance for the terminal device so as to facilitate The terminal device uses the second timing advance to perform uplink timing communication with the second network device.
该图1B所示的场景中,终端设备与第二网络设备进行数据传输时需要切换到第二网络设备。In the scenario shown in Figure 1B, the terminal device needs to switch to the second network device when transmitting data with the second network device.
图1C为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的另一个场景示意图。请参阅图1C,通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备。终端设备上有三个天线面板,这三个天线面板同时开启。网络设备可以提供多个下行发送波束,如图1C中的波束1和波束2。终端设备的不同天线面板都可以提供不同的上行发送波束,如天线面板102提供的波束3。网络设备可以通过波束1向终端设备发送下行数据,终端设备可以使用天线面板101从波束1上接收下行数据。网络设备可以通过波束2向终端设备发送第一参考信号,终端设备基于第一参考信号确定当前的第一定时提前量不适用于在目标波束上的上行发送,该目标波束为图1C中的波束3,该波束3是基于波束2确定的。终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一参考信号的测量报告,向第二网络设备发送定时指示信息,以指示第二网络设备为终端设备配置第二定时提前量,以便于终端设备使用该第二定时提前量与第二网络设备进行上行定时通信。终端设备可以使用天线面板102向网络设备发送上行数据。FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of another scenario of the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 1C, the communication system includes network equipment and terminal equipment. There are three antenna panels on the terminal device, and these three antenna panels are turned on at the same time. The network device can provide multiple downlink transmission beams, such as beam 1 and beam 2 in Figure 1C. Different antenna panels of the terminal equipment can provide different uplink transmission beams, such as beam 3 provided by the antenna panel 102 . The network device can send downlink data to the terminal device through beam 1, and the terminal device can use the antenna panel 101 to receive downlink data from beam 1. The network device may send the first reference signal to the terminal device through beam 2, and the terminal device determines based on the first reference signal that the current first timing advance is not suitable for uplink transmission on the target beam, and the target beam is the beam in Figure 1C 3. The beam 3 is determined based on the beam 2. The terminal device may send a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device and send timing indication information to the second network device to instruct the second network device to configure the second timing advance for the terminal device so that the terminal device can use the second timing. Perform uplink timing communication with the second network device in advance. The terminal device may use the antenna panel 102 to send uplink data to the network device.
下面结合具体实施例介绍本申请的技术方案。The technical solution of the present application will be introduced below with reference to specific embodiments.
图2为本申请实施例提供的定时指示的方法的一个实施例示意图。请参阅图2,本申请实施例提供的定时指示的方法的一实施例包括:FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a timing indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to Figure 2. An embodiment of a timing indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
201.网络设备向终端设备发送第一参考信号。相应地,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一参考信号。201. The network device sends the first reference signal to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first reference signal sent by the network device.
第一参考信号可以是信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)。第一参考信号可以是网络设备通过服务波束或非服务波束发送的,非服务波束与服务波束是相对应的,服务波束和非服务波束的定义可以参阅前面图1A部分的解释进行理解。The first reference signal may be a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS). The first reference signal may be sent by the network device through a service beam or a non-service beam. The non-service beam corresponds to the service beam. The definitions of the service beam and the non-service beam can be understood by referring to the previous explanation of Figure 1A.
可选地,终端设备还可以测量第一参考信号,以得到测量报告。Optionally, the terminal device can also measure the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report.
终端设备通过测量第一参考信号可以确定第一参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)。The terminal device can determine the first reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP) by measuring the first reference signal.
202.终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差。202. The terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
该步骤202可以有如下两种实现方式:This step 202 can be implemented in the following two ways:
1.通过第一参考信号和第二参考信号确定目标定时差。 1. Determine the target timing difference through the first reference signal and the second reference signal.
202a.终端设备接收第二参考信号。202a. The terminal device receives the second reference signal.
第二参考信号还可以是网络设备发送的服务波束的跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS),或者,网络设备通过同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)向终端设备发送的同步信号。本申请中,网络设备发送同步信号也可以描述为发送SSB。The second reference signal may also be a tracking reference signal (TRS) of the service beam sent by the network device, or a synchronization signal sent by the network device to the terminal device through a synchronization signal block (SSB). In this application, the synchronization signal sent by the network device can also be described as sending SSB.
一种可能的实现方式中,第二参考信号与第一参考信号是终端设备接收的一对信号,且归属于不同的测量资源集合。该种实现方式中的第一参考信号和第二参考信号可以是终端设备同时启动不同的天线面板接收的一对参考信号,这对参考信号归属于不同的测量资源集合可以理解为是来源于不同的TRP,如第一参考信号来源于TRP1,第二参考信号来源于TRP2。In a possible implementation manner, the second reference signal and the first reference signal are a pair of signals received by the terminal device, and belong to different measurement resource sets. The first reference signal and the second reference signal in this implementation may be a pair of reference signals that the terminal device simultaneously activates different antenna panels to receive. The pair of reference signals belonging to different measurement resource sets can be understood as originating from different sources. TRP, for example, the first reference signal originates from TRP1, and the second reference signal originates from TRP2.
终端设备可以将第一参考信号和第二参考信号的接收定时差确定为目标定时差。The terminal device may determine the reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference.
一种可能的实现方式中,接收定时差可以是第一参考信号到达终端设备的时间与第二参考信号到达终端设备的时间的差值。In a possible implementation, the reception timing difference may be a difference between the time when the first reference signal reaches the terminal device and the time when the second reference signal reaches the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接收定时差还可以是第一参考信号的功率-时延谱的首径(第一个峰值)到达时间与第二参考信号的功率-时延谱的首径(第一个峰值)到达时间的差值。In another possible implementation, the reception timing difference may also be the arrival time of the first path (first peak) of the power-delay spectrum of the first reference signal and the first path of the power-delay spectrum of the second reference signal. (first peak) arrival time difference.
该步骤202a可以在步骤202之前执行。This step 202a may be performed before step 202.
2.终端设备确定第一参考信号的预期上行定时差,该预期上行定时差为目标定时差。2. The terminal device determines the expected uplink timing difference of the first reference signal, and the expected uplink timing difference is the target timing difference.
预期上行定时差指的是将第一参考信号的空域接收滤波器作为上行发送的空域滤波器(the UE may use a spatial domain transmit filter that is same as the spatial domain receive filter the UE may use to receive the DL reference signal)时,终端设备基于不同的下行信号确定的下行同步时间再加上当前TA所得到的上行定时的时间差。The expected uplink timing difference refers to using the spatial domain receive filter of the first reference signal as the spatial domain filter for uplink transmission (the UE may use a spatial domain transmit filter that is the same as the spatial domain receive filter the UE may use to receive the DL reference signal), the terminal equipment determines the downlink synchronization time based on different downlink signals plus the time difference of the uplink timing obtained by the current TA.
定时指示信息可以有不同的形式来表示目标定时差是否超定时范围。如果定时指示信息占用1个比特位,例如,可以用“0”来表示目标定时差未超定时范围,用“1”来表示目标定时差超定时范围。定时范围可以是预先配置或协议定义的一个阈值或门限值,如:一个循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)。The timing indication information can have different forms to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If the timing indication information occupies 1 bit, for example, "0" can be used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range, and "1" can be used to indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. The timing range can be a threshold or threshold value that is preconfigured or defined by the protocol, such as a cyclic prefix (CP).
203.终端设备向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项。相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项。203. The terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference from the terminal device.
定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项可以携带于测量报告中,也可以携带在第一消息中。如果定时指示信息和目标定时差都发送给网络设备时,还可以是:定时指示信息携带在第一消息中,目标定时差携带在第二消息中。At least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference may be carried in the measurement report or in the first message. If both the timing indication information and the target timing difference are sent to the network device, it may also be that: the timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the second message.
当通过测量报告携带定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项时,可以较好的利用测量报告,节省了通过单独信令或消息发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项带来的网络开销。When the measurement report carries at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference, the measurement report can be better utilized, saving the cost of sending at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference through separate signaling or messages. network overhead.
当通过第一消息和第二消息携带定时指示信息和目标定时差时,需修改当前的测量报告的格式就可以增加上述向网络设备通知目标定时差是否超定时范围的新功能,便于新功能上线。 When the timing indication information and the target timing difference are carried through the first message and the second message, the format of the current measurement report needs to be modified to add the above-mentioned new function of notifying the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, so as to facilitate the launch of new functions. .
以通过测量报告发送定时指示信息为例,测量报告除了包括定时指示信息外,还可以包括第一参考信号的资源标识(CSI-RS resource indicator,CRI)和第一参考信号的RSRP。本申请实施例中,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。Taking timing indication information sent through a measurement report as an example, the measurement report, in addition to including the timing indication information, may also include the resource identifier (CSI-RS resource indicator, CRI) of the first reference signal and the RSRP of the first reference signal. In the embodiment of the present application, the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
可选地,若定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围,则表示终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;其中,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。也可以理解为:目标波束与传输第一参考信号的波束方向相同或方向偏离度小于预设角度,该预设角度通常较小,如:小于10°。或者说目标波束可以是与接收第一参考信号的波束在方向上相同或相近的波束。这样,基于第一参考信号的波束确定的上行发送定时才能较好的适用于在目标波束上的上行发送,从而可以提高在目标波束上的上行发送成功率。Optionally, if the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, it means that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal equipment is not suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment on the target beam; where the target beam is the terminal equipment to receive the first The beam of the reference signal is used as the reference determined uplink transmission beam. It can also be understood that the target beam has the same direction as the beam transmitting the first reference signal or the direction deviation is less than a preset angle. The preset angle is usually small, such as less than 10°. In other words, the target beam may be a beam that is the same or similar in direction to the beam that receives the first reference signal. In this way, the uplink transmission timing determined based on the beam of the first reference signal can be better suited for uplink transmission on the target beam, thereby improving the success rate of uplink transmission on the target beam.
如果定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差超范围,终端设备还使用当前的上行发送定时在目标波束上发送上行数据会导致网络设备无法正确接收到。网络设备通过该目标定时指示信息获知目标定时差超定时范围后,可以为终端设备配置另外一个TA,供终端设备在目标波束上发送上行数据时使用。If the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, the terminal device also uses the current uplink transmission timing to send uplink data on the target beam, which will cause the network device to fail to receive it correctly. After the network device learns that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range through the target timing indication information, the network device can configure another TA for the terminal device to use when the terminal device sends uplink data on the target beam.
若定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差不超范围,则表示终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送。也就是说,终端设备可以使用当前的上行发送定时在目标波束上发送上行数据,网络设备也可以正确接收到。If the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, it means that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam. That is to say, the terminal device can use the current uplink transmission timing to send uplink data on the target beam, and the network device can also receive it correctly.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第一参考信号可以有多个。这样,终端设备可以通过多个定时指示信息来指示相应第一参考信号的目标定时差是否超定时范围,网络设备也可以针对每个超定时范围的非服务波束配置一个TA,供终端设备在相应非服务波束上发送上行数据时使用。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, there may be multiple first reference signals. In this way, the terminal device can use multiple timing indication information to indicate whether the target timing difference of the corresponding first reference signal exceeds the timing range. The network device can also configure a TA for each non-serving beam that exceeds the timing range for the terminal device to use in the corresponding Used when sending uplink data on non-serving beams.
以通过测量报告上报定时指示信息为例,关于终端设备所上报测量报告的形式可以参阅图3A和图3B进行理解。Taking the reporting of timing indication information through a measurement report as an example, the form of the measurement report reported by the terminal device can be understood with reference to Figure 3A and Figure 3B.
请参阅图3A,测量报告中可以包括三种类型的信息,分别为:资源标识CRI、参考信号接收功率和定时指示信息。Referring to Figure 3A, the measurement report can include three types of information, namely: resource identifier CRI, reference signal received power and timing indication information.
资源标识CRI中包含资源(Resource)#1、Resource#2、Resource#3和Resource#4,表示四个参考信号的资源标识,其中,参考信号Resource#1为其他三个参考信号提供参考。The resource identifier CRI includes Resource #1, Resource #2, Resource #3, and Resource #4, which represent the resource identifiers of four reference signals. The reference signal Resource #1 provides a reference for the other three reference signals.
参考信号接收功率表示终端设备对相应参考信号的接收功率,如按照图3A中从上到下的顺序,7bit表示终端设备对参考信号Resource#1的接收功率,4bit表示终端设备对参考信号Resource#2的接收功率,4bit表示终端设备对参考信号Resource#3的接收功率,4bit表示终端设备对参考信号Resource#4的接收功率。The reference signal receiving power represents the receiving power of the corresponding reference signal by the terminal device. For example, in the order from top to bottom in Figure 3A, 7 bits represent the receiving power of the terminal device for the reference signal Resource#1, and 4 bits represent the terminal device receiving the reference signal Resource#. The received power of 2, 4bit represents the received power of the reference signal Resource#3 by the terminal device, and the 4bit represents the received power of the reference signal Resource#4 by the terminal device.
图3A中定时指示信息通过1bit的二进制数值0或1来指示图3A中参考信号Resource#2、Resource#3和Resource#4相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差是否超定时范围。其中,按照图3A中从上到下的顺序,0表示参考信号Resource#2相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差未超定时范围。1表示参考信号Resource#3相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差超定时范围。1表示参考信号Resource#4相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差超定时范围。 The timing indication information in Figure 3A uses a 1-bit binary value of 0 or 1 to indicate whether the target timing difference of the reference signals Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 in Figure 3A relative to the reference signal Resource#1 exceeds the timing range. Among them, according to the order from top to bottom in Figure 3A, 0 indicates that the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#2 relative to the reference signal Resource#1 does not exceed the timing range. 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#3 relative to reference signal Resource#1 exceeds the timing range. 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#4 relative to reference signal Resource#1 exceeds the timing range.
请参阅图3B,图3B中示意的是针对信号对/波束对的测量报告的上报形式。其中,资源标识为Resource#1、Resource#2、Resource#3和Resource#4的这四个参考信号属于同一个测量资源集合,资源标识为Resource#5、Resource#6、Resource#7和Resource#8的这四个参考信号属于同一个测量资源集合。归属于同一个测量资源集合的波束可以理解为是同一个TRP提供的,可以将Resource#1、Resource#2、Resource#3和Resource#4这四个参考信号对应的四个波束理解为是TRP1提供的,将Resource#5、Resource#6、Resource#7和Resource#8这四个参考信号对应的四个波束理解为是TRP2提供的。Please refer to Figure 3B. Figure 3B illustrates the reporting form of a measurement report for a signal pair/beam pair. Among them, the four reference signals with resource identifiers Resource#1, Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 belong to the same measurement resource set, and the resource identifiers are Resource#5, Resource#6, Resource#7 and Resource#. These four reference signals of 8 belong to the same measurement resource set. The beams belonging to the same measurement resource set can be understood as being provided by the same TRP. The four beams corresponding to the four reference signals Resource#1, Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 can be understood as TRP1 Provided, the four beams corresponding to the four reference signals Resource#5, Resource#6, Resource#7 and Resource#8 are understood to be provided by TRP2.
其中,Resource#1和Resource#5是一对,Resource#2和Resource#6是一对,Resource#3和Resource#7是一对,Resource#4和Resource#8是一对。也可以理解为终端设备同时接收Resource#1和Resource#5这对参考信号,终端设备同时接收Resource#2和Resource#6这对参考信号,终端设备同时接收Resource#3和Resource#7这对参考信号,终端设备同时接收Resource#4和Resource#8这对参考信号。本申请实施例中的终端设备同时接收一对参考信号指的是终端设备同时启动不同的天线面板接收这对参考信号。Among them, Resource#1 and Resource#5 are a pair, Resource#2 and Resource#6 are a pair, Resource#3 and Resource#7 are a pair, and Resource#4 and Resource#8 are a pair. It can also be understood that the terminal device simultaneously receives the pair of reference signals Resource#1 and Resource#5, the terminal device simultaneously receives the pair of reference signals Resource#2 and Resource#6, and the terminal device simultaneously receives the pair of Reference signals Resource#3 and Resource#7. signal, the terminal device receives the pair of reference signals Resource#4 and Resource#8 at the same time. In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device simultaneously receiving a pair of reference signals means that the terminal device simultaneously activates different antenna panels to receive the pair of reference signals.
图3B中示意了8个资源标识,这8个资源标识各自对应的参考信号都有各自的参考信号接收功率,如图3B中示意出的,参考信号Resource#1的接收功率是7bit,其他7个参考信号的接收功率都是4bit。Figure 3B shows 8 resource identifiers. The reference signals corresponding to these 8 resource identifiers have their own reference signal receiving powers. As shown in Figure 3B, the received power of the reference signal Resource#1 is 7 bits, and the other 7 bits. The received power of each reference signal is 4bit.
图3B中示意出的定时指示信息是通过1bit的二进制数值0或1来指示通过一对信号确定的目标定时差是否超范围。如图3B中,定时指示信息有4个,每个定时指示信息都表示一对参考信号中的一个参考信号相对于另一个参考信号的目标定时差是否超定时范围。如:若来自于TRP1的Resource#1、Resource#2、Resource#3和Resource#4这四个参考信号为自于TRP2的四个参考信号提供参考。Resource#1和Resource#5这对参考信号中,Resource#5相当于是第一参考信号,Resource#1相当于是第二参考信号。同理,其他三对中的Resource#6、Resource#7和Resource#8都相当于是第一参考信号,Resource#2、Resource#3和Resource#4都相当于是第二参考信号。The timing indication information illustrated in FIG. 3B uses a 1-bit binary value 0 or 1 to indicate whether the target timing difference determined by a pair of signals is out of range. As shown in Figure 3B, there are four pieces of timing indication information, and each timing indication information indicates whether the target timing difference of one reference signal in a pair of reference signals relative to the other reference signal exceeds the timing range. For example: If the four reference signals Resource#1, Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 from TRP1 provide references for the four reference signals from TRP2. Among the pair of reference signals Resource#1 and Resource#5, Resource#5 is equivalent to the first reference signal, and Resource#1 is equivalent to the second reference signal. Similarly, Resource#6, Resource#7 and Resource#8 in the other three pairs are all equivalent to the first reference signal, and Resource#2, Resource#3 and Resource#4 are all equivalent to the second reference signal.
图3B中的四个定时指示信息,同一行按照从左到右的顺序,不同行按照从上到下的顺序,其中,0表示参考信号Resource#5相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差未超定时范围。1表示参考信号Resource#6相对于参考信号Resource#2的目标定时差超定时范围。1表示参考信号Resource#7相对于参考信号Resource#3的目标定时差超定时范围。1表示参考信号Resource#8相对于参考信号Resource#4的目标定时差超定时范围。The four timing indication information in Figure 3B are in the order from left to right in the same row and in the order from top to bottom in different rows. Among them, 0 represents the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#5 relative to the reference signal Resource#1. The timing range has not been exceeded. 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#6 relative to reference signal Resource#2 exceeds the timing range. 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#7 relative to reference signal Resource#3 exceeds the timing range. 1 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#8 relative to reference signal Resource#4 exceeds the timing range.
上述图3A和图3B中示意图的通过0或1来表示定时指示信息,以指示目标定时差是否超定时范围的指示功能。该方式中以简单的方式,以及最小的字节完成了相应的指示功能。In the above schematic diagrams in FIGS. 3A and 3B , the timing indication information is represented by 0 or 1 to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. In this method, the corresponding instruction function is completed in a simple way and with the smallest bytes.
可选地,本申请实施例目标定时差可以是与定时指示信息一起上报,也可以是单独上报,下面分别进行介绍。Optionally, the target timing difference in this embodiment of the present application may be reported together with the timing indication information, or may be reported separately, which will be introduced separately below.
1.定时指示信息和目标定时差通过一个大于1bit的二进制数值来表示。1. The timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit.
该可能的实现方式中,可以将该大于1bit的二进制数值理解为是定时指示信息,也可以理解为是目标定时差。如:通过2到3个比特(或者更多比特)的二进制数值来表示定时指示信息时,不仅可以指示目标定时差是否超定时范围,还可以指示超了多少,如:超 了1/2CP、1CP或2CP等。In this possible implementation, the binary value larger than 1 bit can be understood as timing indication information, or can also be understood as a target timing difference. For example, when the timing indication information is represented by a binary value of 2 to 3 bits (or more bits), it can not only indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, but also indicate how much it exceeds, such as: exceeding 1/2CP, 1CP or 2CP, etc.
请参阅图4,资源标识和参考信号接收功率的部分可以参阅图3A进行理解。与图3A不同的是,图4中,定时指示信息通过3个比特来表示,该示例中以每增加1表示超1CP进行说明。其中,000表示参考信号Resource#2相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差未超定时范围。001表示参考信号Resource#3相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差超范围,且目标定时差为1CP。010表示参考信号Resource#4相对于参考信号Resource#1的目标定时差超范围,且目标定时差为2CP。Please refer to Figure 4. The resource identification and reference signal received power can be understood with reference to Figure 3A. What is different from Figure 3A is that in Figure 4, the timing indication information is represented by 3 bits. In this example, every increase of 1 represents an excess of 1CP. Among them, 000 indicates that the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#2 relative to the reference signal Resource#1 does not exceed the timing range. 001 indicates that the target timing difference of the reference signal Resource#3 relative to the reference signal Resource#1 is out of range, and the target timing difference is 1CP. 010 indicates that the target timing difference of reference signal Resource#4 relative to reference signal Resource#1 is out of range, and the target timing difference is 2CP.
该种可能的实现方式中,以一个多比特的二进制数值传递了两个信息,简化了定时指示信息和目标定时差的表示方式。In this possible implementation, two pieces of information are transmitted as a multi-bit binary value, which simplifies the representation of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
本申请实施例中,关于是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙以及目标时间差的上报方式也可以参阅图3A、图3B和图4示意出的方式进行理解,是否需要测量间隙可以通过0来指示不需要测量间隙,通过1来表示需要测量间隙;测量间隙或目标时间差的具体指也可以通过图4所示意的方式进行上报。In the embodiment of the present application, whether a measurement gap is required, the reporting method of the measurement gap and the target time difference can also be understood by referring to the methods schematically illustrated in Figure 3A, Figure 3B and Figure 4. Whether a measurement gap is required can be indicated by 0 indicating that no measurement is required. Gap, using 1 to indicate the need to measure the gap; the specific reference of the measurement gap or target time difference can also be reported in the manner shown in Figure 4.
2.通过独立于测量报告的第二消息上报目标定时差。2. Report the target timing difference through a second message independent of the measurement report.
关于单独上报可以是通过MAC CE或者PUCCH上报,单独上报的可以是目标定时差超范围,也可以是目标定时差的具体数值。第二消息可以是MAC CE或者PUCCH,也可以是其他消息。Regarding individual reporting, it can be reported through MAC CE or PUCCH. What is reported individually can be that the target timing difference is out of range, or it can be the specific value of the target timing difference. The second message can be MAC CE or PUCCH, or other messages.
203a.终端设备向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中携带目标定时差。203a. The terminal device sends a second message to the network device, and the second message carries the target timing difference.
可选的,图2所示的实施例还包括201a和201b。201a和201b可以在201之前执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in Figure 2 also includes 201a and 201b. 201a and 201b can be executed before 201.
201a.网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。201a. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device.
配置信息中可以配置测量报告的格式,如:上报的内容、上报的内容所在的字段等,网络设备可以在配置信息中配置需要上报定时指示信息,如:在指定的字段用1表示需要上报定时指示信息。The format of the measurement report can be configured in the configuration information, such as the content to be reported, the field where the reported content is located, etc. The network device can configure the timing indication information that needs to be reported in the configuration information, such as: using 1 in the specified field indicates that the timing needs to be reported. Instructions.
配置信息可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报目标定时差。该第一指示信息也可以是在指定字段用标识来指示,如:用0表示不上报目标定时差,用1表示上报目标定时差。该种可能的实现方式中,端设备可以根据网络设备在配置信息中的第一指示信息上报目标定时差,从而网络设备可以借助目标定时差更准确的计算出适用于终端设备在目标波束上进行上行发送的上行发送定时。The configuration information may include first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference. The first indication information may also be indicated by a flag in a designated field. For example, 0 indicates that the target timing difference is not reported, and 1 indicates that the target timing difference is reported. In this possible implementation, the terminal device can report the target timing difference according to the first instruction information of the network device in the configuration information, so that the network device can use the target timing difference to more accurately calculate the target timing difference suitable for the terminal device to perform operations on the target beam. Uplink send timing for uplink send.
可选地,网络设备中还可以在配置信息中配置与第一指示信息关联的信息,与第一指示信息关联的信息可以包括SSB的索引、CSI-RS的资源索引或路径损耗参考信号的索引中的至少一个索引。当配置信息中配置了与第一指示信息关联的信息时,表示终端设备上报这至少一个索引对应的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。Optionally, the network device may also configure information associated with the first indication information in the configuration information. The information associated with the first indication information may include an SSB index, a CSI-RS resource index, or a path loss reference signal index. at least one index in . When the configuration information is configured with information associated with the first indication information, it means that the terminal device reports the target timing difference when reporting the measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to at least one index.
可选地,配置信息中还可以包括准同位指示信息,该准同位指示信息用于指示终端设备上报与上述至少一个索引对应的参考信号具有准同位关系的参考信号的测量报告时,上报目标定时差。Optionally, the configuration information may also include quasi-colocation indication information. The quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing when reporting a measurement report of a reference signal that has a quasi-colocation relationship with the reference signal corresponding to at least one of the indexes. Difference.
201b.终端设备向网络设备上报能力信息。相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。 201b. The terminal device reports capability information to the network device. Accordingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
能力信息包括以下至少一项:Capability information includes at least one of the following:
1.终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量。1. Whether the terminal equipment supports timing measurement based on downlink signals.
2.终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限(例如:所要求的第一参考信号的带宽大于10个资源块(resource block,RB)。2. The bandwidth of the first reference signal required by the terminal equipment for timing measurement based on downlink signals is greater than the preset threshold (for example: the required bandwidth of the first reference signal is greater than 10 resource blocks (RB)).
3.终端设备是否支持基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差。3. Whether the terminal device supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
4.终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报目标定时差。4. Whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in the measurement report.
5.终端设备是否支持上报目标定时差。5. Whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
本申请实施例中,在信息上报的场景中,终端设备的能力信息还可以包括以下至少一项:In the embodiment of this application, in the scenario of information reporting, the capability information of the terminal device may also include at least one of the following:
6.终端设备是否需要测量间隙。6. Whether the terminal equipment needs to measure the gap.
7.终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙。7. Whether the terminal device supports reporting measurement gaps.
8.终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值A。8. Whether the terminal device supports the threshold value A for reporting the measurement gap.
当目标时间差大于测量间隙的门限值时,终端设备上报需要测量间隙或者上报测量间隙。When the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap, the terminal device reports the need for a measurement gap or reports a measurement gap.
A可以是0,也可以是任意其他正数。例如6μs(微秒),则终端设备测量服务小区参考信号和目标小区参考信号的到达时间差小于6μs时,终端设备不需要测量间隙;否则需要测量间隙。A还可以是协议定义或者终端设备上报的,终端设备可以通过上报定时测量确定的目标定时差是否超过A。A can be 0 or any other positive number. For example, 6 μs (microseconds), when the terminal equipment measures the arrival time difference between the serving cell reference signal and the target cell reference signal is less than 6 μs, the terminal equipment does not need a measurement gap; otherwise, a measurement gap is required. A can also be defined by the protocol or reported by the terminal device. The terminal device can report whether the target timing difference determined by timing measurement exceeds A.
若终端设备测量参考信号时,目标定时差超过门限A,终端设备上报需要测量间隙或者上报测量间隙。If the target timing difference exceeds threshold A when the terminal equipment measures the reference signal, the terminal equipment reports the need for a measurement gap or reports a measurement gap.
该种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备上报能力信息,有利于使网络设备根据终端设备的能力进行相应的配置,如:针对有目标定时差上报能力的终端设备才会配置前面介绍的第一指示信息等,从而实现终端设备与网络设备的有效通信。In this possible implementation, the terminal device reports capability information to the network device, which is helpful for the network device to configure accordingly according to the capabilities of the terminal device. For example, only terminal devices with target timing difference reporting capabilities will be configured as described above. first indication information, etc., thereby realizing effective communication between the terminal device and the network device.
需要说明的是,上述步骤201b可以在步骤201a之前执行,网络设备可以基于终端设备的能力信息对配置信息进行配置。如:针对支持确定目标定时差以及上报目标定时差的终端设备配置需要上报目标定时差信息。It should be noted that the above step 201b can be performed before step 201a, and the network device can configure the configuration information based on the capability information of the terminal device. For example: For terminal device configurations that support determining the target timing difference and reporting the target timing difference, the target timing difference information needs to be reported.
可选的,除了前面所描述的通过0或1等来表示定时指示信息的方式外,本申请实施例还提供了另一种通过终端设备的上行发送能力来表示定时指示信息。也就是说:定时指示信息通过目标能力值或目标能力值集合来表示,目标能力值或目标能力值集合表示终端设备的上行发送能力。该种可能的实现方式中,利用能力值或能力值集合表示出定时指示信息,增加了定时指示信息的表示方式。Optionally, in addition to the previously described method of expressing timing indication information by using 0 or 1, etc., embodiments of the present application also provide another method of expressing timing indication information by using the uplink transmission capability of the terminal device. That is to say: the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a set of target capability values, and the target capability value or a set of target capability values represents the uplink transmission capability of the terminal device. In this possible implementation, the timing indication information is expressed using capability values or capability value sets, and a representation method of timing indication information is added.
可选的,终端设备的上行发送能力可以通过终端设备中天线面板(panel)的上行发送能力值(capability value)或能力值集合(capability value set)来表示。目前终端设备的天线面板若SRS port数相同,则使用同一个能力值或能力值集合来表示,需要说明的是,能力值和能力值集合的形式相同,只是称呼不同,下面描述中以能力值进行描述。Optionally, the uplink transmission capability of the terminal device can be represented by the uplink transmission capability value (capability value) or capability value set (capability value set) of the antenna panel (panel) in the terminal device. At present, if the number of SRS ports on the antenna panel of the terminal equipment is the same, it is represented by the same capability value or capability value set. It should be noted that the capability value and capability value set have the same form, but the names are different. In the following description, capability value is used Give a description.
如图5A所示,天线面板501和天线面板502的SRS port数相同,能力值都用capability value#1来表示,天线面板503与天线面板501和天线面板502的SRS port数不同,则天线面 板503的能力值用capability value#2来表示。终端设备在接入网络设备后,会向网络设备发送一个或多个能力值,可以理解为每个能力值对应一个或多个天线面板的能力或者SRS端口的能力,网络设备会存储该终端设备的能力值,例如终端设备可以向网络设备发送两种最大SRS port数的能力值,分别为capability value#1和capability value#2。这里的能力值可以理解为是初始能力值。As shown in Figure 5A, the number of SRS ports of the antenna panel 501 and the antenna panel 502 is the same, and the capability value is represented by capability value #1. The number of SRS ports of the antenna panel 503 and the antenna panel 501 and the antenna panel 502 are different. The capability value of board 503 is represented by capability value #2. After the terminal device is connected to the network device, it will send one or more capability values to the network device. It can be understood that each capability value corresponds to the capability of one or more antenna panels or the capability of the SRS port. The network device will store the terminal device. Capability value, for example, the terminal device can send two capability values with the maximum number of SRS ports to the network device, which are capability value #1 and capability value #2 respectively. The ability value here can be understood as the initial ability value.
本申请实施例中,若根据前面介绍的步骤201和202确定目标定时差超过定时范围,则在第一参考信号的测量报告中的定时指示信息可以用相同SRS port数的天线面板的不同能力值来表示,如图5B所示,天线面板501和天线面板502的SRS port数相同,在终端设备上报的初始能力值中,天线面板1的能力值是capability value#1,而在本次测量报告中,终端设备上报的天线面板1的能力值是capability value#3。示例性的,capability value#1和capability value#3可以对应相同的SRS port数。终端设备上报的测量报告中包括的信息可以参阅下表1进行理解,如表1所示:In the embodiment of this application, if it is determined that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range according to the previously introduced steps 201 and 202, the timing indication information in the measurement report of the first reference signal can use different capability values of the antenna panels with the same SRS port number. To represent, as shown in Figure 5B, the SRS port numbers of antenna panel 501 and antenna panel 502 are the same. In the initial capability value reported by the terminal device, the capability value of antenna panel 1 is capability value #1, and in this measurement report , the capability value of antenna panel 1 reported by the terminal device is capability value #3. For example, capability value #1 and capability value #3 can correspond to the same number of SRS ports. The information included in the measurement report reported by the terminal device can be understood by referring to Table 1 below, as shown in Table 1:
表1:测量报告中的信息
Table 1: Information in the measurement report
表1中,天线面板502测量参考信号CRI/SSRI#1,天线面板503测量测量参考信号CRI/SSRI#2,天线面板501测量参考信号CRI/SSRI#3。网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的测量结果以及对应的能力值,确定终端设备测量上报的参考信号用于上行发送时目标定时差超范围,需要为终端设备配置第二定时提前量。这里跟随测量结果发送的能力值可以理解为是目标能力值。In Table 1, the antenna panel 502 measures the reference signal CRI/SSRI#1, the antenna panel 503 measures the reference signal CRI/SSRI#2, and the antenna panel 501 measures the reference signal CRI/SSRI#3. The network device can determine based on the measurement results and corresponding capability values reported by the terminal device that the target timing difference exceeds the range when the reference signal measured and reported by the terminal device is used for uplink transmission, and a second timing advance needs to be configured for the terminal device. The ability value sent following the measurement results here can be understood as the target ability value.
如果网络设备中不维护天线面板的信息,网络设备可以根据SRS port数的能力值的变化来确定目标定时差超范围,如:终端设备上报的SRS port数的初始能力值只有capability value#1和capability value#2两种,而测量报告中上报的能力值包含了capability value#3,该capability value#3是初始能力值中没有的,网络设备可以根据该变化确定该目标定时差超范围,需要为终端设备配置第二定时提前量。或者可以理解为,初始能力值和目标能力值均表示基于相应的下行参考信号进行上行发送的终端能力信息,他们可以对应相同的最大SRS port数和不同的定时提前量;初始能力值和目标能力值都可以在终端接入网络设备后,由终端上报给网络设备。当确定当前上行发送对应的下行参考信号和相应的能力值后,具有相同SRS port数但定时提前量不同的能力值即可以称为目标能力值。If the network device does not maintain the information of the antenna panel, the network device can determine that the target timing difference is out of range based on changes in the capability value of the SRS port number. For example: the initial capability value of the SRS port number reported by the terminal device is only capability value #1 and There are two types of capability value#2, and the capability value reported in the measurement report includes capability value#3. This capability value#3 is not included in the initial capability value. The network device can determine that the target timing difference is out of range based on this change. It is required Configure the second timing advance amount for the terminal device. Or it can be understood that the initial capability value and the target capability value both represent the terminal capability information transmitted in the uplink based on the corresponding downlink reference signal. They can correspond to the same maximum SRS port number and different timing advances; the initial capability value and the target capability The values can be reported by the terminal to the network device after the terminal is connected to the network device. After determining the corresponding downlink reference signal and corresponding capability value for the current uplink transmission, the capability values with the same SRS port number but different timing advances can be called target capability values.
一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备也可以根据测量报告中具有相同SRS port数的天线面板在测量不同的参考信号后的不同能力值来确定目标定时差超范围。如表1中,测量参考信号CRI/SSRI#1的天线面板502和测量参考信号CRI/SSRI#3的天线面板501具有相同的SRS port数,但在测量报告中,两个参考信号对应的能力值一个是capability value#1,一个是capability value#3,两个参考信号对应的能力值不同,也可以指示目标定时差超范围。 In a possible implementation, the network device can also determine that the target timing difference is out of range based on the different capability values of antenna panels with the same SRS port number in the measurement report after measuring different reference signals. As shown in Table 1, the antenna panel 502 for measuring the reference signal CRI/SSRI#1 and the antenna panel 501 for measuring the reference signal CRI/SSRI#3 have the same number of SRS ports. However, in the measurement report, the corresponding capabilities of the two reference signals are One of the values is capability value #1, and the other is capability value #3. The capability values corresponding to the two reference signals are different, which can also indicate that the target timing difference is out of range.
由前面介绍可知,目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示目标定时差超定时范围。目标能力值等同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示目标定时差未超定时范围。这样,网络设备将目标能力值与初始能力值进行比较,或者,网络设备将目标能力值集合与初始能力值集合进行比较,其中,终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为终端设备与网络设备建立通信连接时SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合;若目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合,则网络设备确定目标定时差超定时范围;若目标能力值等同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:则网络设备确定目标定时差未超定时范围。As can be seen from the previous introduction, the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. The target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range. In this way, the network device compares the target capability value with the initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with the initial capability value set, where the initial capability value or the initial capability value set of the terminal device is the terminal device and the network The capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the device establishes a communication connection; if the target capability value is different from the terminal device's initial capability value, or the target capability value set is different from the terminal device's initial capability value set, the network device determines the target timing The difference exceeds the timing range; if the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: then the network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
当目标定时差超定时范围时,网络设备可以为终端设备确定目标上行发送定时;然后向终端设备发送目标上行发送定时,目标上行发送定时用于终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送,目标波束是终端设备以接收第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。When the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, the network device can determine the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device; then send the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal device. The target uplink transmission timing is used for the terminal device's uplink transmission on the target beam. The target beam is The terminal equipment determines the uplink transmission beam using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
关于通过能力值或能力值集合来表示定时指示信息的方式,如果需要上报目标定时差,可以在该测量报告中增加目标定时差字段,还可以通过另外第二消息上报目标定时差。Regarding the method of expressing timing indication information through capability values or capability value sets, if the target timing difference needs to be reported, a target timing difference field can be added to the measurement report, and the target timing difference can also be reported through another second message.
上述技术方案中,终端设备基于目标定时差向网络设备发送定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,以通知网络设备目标定时差是否超定时范围。如果超范围,在终端设备接收第一参考信号后,网络设备就可以为终端设备提前配置适用于在第一参考信号的方向进行上行发送的上行发送定时。这样,终端设备可以使用不同的上行发送定时进行不同方向上的上行发送,从而使终端设备在不同方向上的上行发送都能被相应的网络设备正确接收到。In the above technical solution, the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device based on the target timing difference to notify the network device whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. If it is out of range, after the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the network device can configure in advance the uplink transmission timing suitable for uplink transmission in the direction of the first reference signal for the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can use different uplink transmission timings to perform uplink transmission in different directions, so that the uplink transmissions of the terminal device in different directions can be correctly received by the corresponding network device.
以上所介绍了一种可能的定时指示的方法的实施例中,本申请实施例中要实现定时指示信息和目标定时差中至少一项的上报,还可以通过如图6所示的过程进行。In the embodiment of a possible timing indication method introduced above, in the embodiment of the present application, reporting of at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference can also be performed through the process shown in FIG. 6 .
请参阅图6,本申请实施例提供的定时指示的方法的另一实施例包括:Please refer to Figure 6. Another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes:
601.终端设备测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号。601. The terminal device measures the first reference signal sent by the network device.
602.终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差。602. The terminal device determines the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
603.终端设备向网络设备发送测量结果/第一消息,相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量结果/第一消息。603. The terminal device sends the measurement result/first message to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the measurement result/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device.
测量报告/第一消息包括定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,定时指示信息用于指示目标定时差是否超定时范围。The measurement report/first message includes at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference, and the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
603a.如果测量结果/第一消息中只上报了定时指示信息,终端设备还可以向网络设备发送第二消息,在第二消息中携带目标定时差。603a. If only timing indication information is reported in the measurement result/first message, the terminal device can also send a second message to the network device, carrying the target timing difference in the second message.
该第二消息可以是第一消息的同步消息。The second message may be a synchronization message of the first message.
可选的,图6所示的实施例还包括601a和601b。Optionally, the embodiment shown in Figure 6 also includes 601a and 601b.
图6中的步骤601a、601b、601、602和602a都可以参阅前面的步骤201a、201b、201、202和202a进行理解,此处不再重复赘述。Steps 601a, 601b, 601, 602 and 602a in Figure 6 can all be understood by referring to the previous steps 201a, 201b, 201, 202 and 202a, and will not be repeated here.
以上所描述的定时指示的方法中,需要确定目标定时差,实际上不确定目标定时差, 本申请也可以上报定时指示信息,该过程可以参阅图7进行理解。In the timing indication method described above, the target timing difference needs to be determined. In fact, the target timing difference is not certain. This application can also report timing indication information. This process can be understood with reference to Figure 7.
请参阅图7,本申请提供的定时指示的方法的另一实施例可以包括:Referring to Figure 7, another embodiment of the timing indication method provided by this application may include:
701.终端设备测量网络设备发送的第一参考信号。701. The terminal device measures the first reference signal sent by the network device.
702.终端设备向网络设备发送测量报告/第一消息,相应地,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一参考信号的测量报告/第一消息。702. The terminal device sends a measurement report/first message to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the measurement report/first message of the first reference signal from the terminal device.
定时指示信息用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。The timing indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device in the first reference signal direction.
可选地,在步骤701之后,该方法还可以包括:终端设备基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差,目标定时差是否超定时范围用于指示基于第一参考信号确定的上行发送定时是否适用于终端设备在第一参考信号方向上的上行发送。Optionally, after step 701, the method may further include: the terminal device determines a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, and whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range is used to indicate whether the uplink transmission timing determined based on the first reference signal is suitable for The terminal equipment transmits uplink in the direction of the first reference signal.
该实施例还可以包括步骤701a、701b,以及702a,步骤701a和701b可以参阅前面步骤201a和201b进行理解,702a可以参阅前面步骤203a进行理解。实际上,相对与前面图2至图6的实施例只是不执行步骤202和602,其他内容都与前面图2至图6的实施例的内容相同,可以参阅前面相应内容进行理解。This embodiment may also include steps 701a, 701b, and 702a. Steps 701a and 701b can be understood by referring to the previous steps 201a and 201b, and 702a can be understood by referring to the previous step 203a. In fact, compared with the previous embodiment of FIGS. 2 to 6 , only steps 202 and 602 are not performed, and other contents are the same as those of the previous embodiment of FIGS. 2 to 6 . Please refer to the previous corresponding contents for understanding.
上述实施例中的测量报告也可以理解为是第一消息的一种表现形式,这种情况下,可以将第一消息理解为是一种概括的描述,第一消息可以是测量报告,也可以是不同于测量报告的一个消息。The measurement report in the above embodiment can also be understood as a form of expression of the first message. In this case, the first message can be understood as a general description. The first message can be a measurement report, or it can is a different message than the measurement report.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图8,图8为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置800可以用于执行图2至图7中所示的实施例中终端设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below. Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 800 can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 7. For details, please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiments.
通信装置800包括收发模块801和处理模块802。收发模块801可以实现相应的通信功能,处理模块802用于进行数据处理。收发模块801还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。The communication device 800 includes a transceiver module 801 and a processing module 802. The transceiver module 801 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 802 is used for data processing. The transceiver module 801 may also be called a communication interface or communication unit.
可选地,该通信装置800还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块802可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。Optionally, the communication device 800 may also include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 802 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication device implements the foregoing method. Example.
该通信装置800可以用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。该通信装置800可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件。收发模块801用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的接收相关的操作,处理模块802用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理相关的操作。The communication device 800 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The communication device 800 may be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in the terminal device. The transceiver module 801 is used to perform reception-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing module 802 is used to perform processing-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
可选的,收发模块801可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述方法实施例中的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述方法实施例中的接收操作。Optionally, the transceiver module 801 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the above method embodiment. The receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the above method embodiment.
需要说明的是,通信装置800可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置800可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置800执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。It should be noted that the communication device 800 may include a sending module but not a receiving module. Alternatively, communication device 800 may include a receiving module but not a transmitting module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 800 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
作为一种示例,该通信装置800用于执行上文图2所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。As an example, the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 above.
收发模块801,用于接收第一参考信号。 Transceiver module 801, used to receive the first reference signal.
处理模块802,用于基于第一参考信号确定目标定时差。Processing module 802, configured to determine the target timing difference based on the first reference signal.
收发模块801,用于向网络设备发送定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项,所述定时指示信息用于指示所述目标定时差是否超定时范围。The transceiving module 801 is configured to send at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to a network device, where the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds a timing range.
可选的,收发模块801还用于执行上述图2所示的实施例中的步骤201b。Optionally, the transceiver module 801 is also used to perform step 201b in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
作为一种示例,该通信装置800用于执行上文图6所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。处理模块802用于执行图6所示的实施例中的步骤601和步骤602。As an example, the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above. The processing module 802 is used to execute step 601 and step 602 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
作为一种示例,该通信装置800用于执行上文图7所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。处理模块802用于执行图7所示的实施例中的步骤701。As an example, the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 above. The processing module 802 is used to perform step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
本申请的另一实施例中,收发模块801,用于接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号;In another embodiment of the present application, the transceiver module 801 is configured to receive the first reference signal from the target cell;
处理模块802,用于基于第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差。The processing module 802 is configured to determine, based on the first reference signal, whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell: whether a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to perform a measurement of the target cell or the target time difference. The reference signal of the target cell is measured. The target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the signal from the serving cell. The signal arrival time difference is the signal of the serving cell. The synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
可选的,目标小区为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。Optionally, the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
可选的,处理模块802,具体用于基于第一参考信号以及目标信息确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项,目标信息包括服务小区与目标小区的下行定时差、服务小区的下行定时,以及第二参考信号中的至少一个,第二参考信号为除目标小区之外的其他小区的参考信号。Optionally, the processing module 802 is specifically configured to determine whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal and target information. The target information includes the downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, and the downlink timing of the serving cell. timing, and at least one of a second reference signal, where the second reference signal is a reference signal of a cell other than the target cell.
可选的,处理模块802,还用于当第一项和第二项的执行有冲突时,根据第一项和第二项的优化关系执行其中优先级高的一项,第一项为根据测量间隙执行对目标小区的周期性第一参考信号的测量,第二项为对服务小区的目标资源或目标信号的发送或接收。Optionally, the processing module 802 is also configured to execute the item with higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item when the execution of the first item and the second item conflicts. The first item is based on The measurement gap performs measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell, and the second item is the transmission or reception of target resources or target signals of the serving cell.
可选的,收发模块801,还用于从服务小区切换到目标小区后,向目标小区上报是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项。Optionally, the transceiver module 801 is also configured to report to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required after switching from the serving cell to the target cell.
可选的,收发模块801,还用于接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号之前,向服务小区上报能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否需要测量间隙、终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙,以及终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值。Optionally, the transceiver module 801 is also configured to report capability information to the serving cell before receiving the first reference signal from the target cell. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, and whether the terminal device supports reporting measurements. gap, and whether the terminal device supports reporting the threshold value of the measurement gap.
可选的,收发模块801,具体用于当目标时间差大于测量间隙的门限值时,终端设备上报需要测量间隙或者上报测量间隙。Optionally, the transceiver module 801 is specifically used to report the need for a measurement gap or report a measurement gap when the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap.
应理解,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each module performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and will not be described again for the sake of brevity.
上文实施例中的处理模块802可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发模块801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发模块801还可称为通信单元或通信接口。存储单元可以通过至少一个存储器实现。The processing module 802 in the above embodiment may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit. The transceiver module 801 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver related circuit. The transceiver module 801 may also be called a communication unit or communication interface. The storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图9,图9为本申请实施例通 信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置900可以用于执行图2中所示的实施例中网络设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below. Please refer to Figure 9. Figure 9 illustrates the general A structural diagram of the signaling device. The communication device 900 can be used to perform the steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2. For details, please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment.
通信装置900包括收发模块901。可选的,通信装置900还包括处理模块902。收发模块901可以实现相应的通信功能,处理模块902用于进行数据处理。收发模块901还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。The communication device 900 includes a transceiver module 901. Optionally, the communication device 900 also includes a processing module 902. The transceiver module 901 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 902 is used for data processing. The transceiver module 901 may also be called a communication interface or communication unit.
该通信装置900可以用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。该通信装置900可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件。收发模块901用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的接收相关的操作。The communication device 900 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The communication device 900 may be a network device or a component configurable in the network device. The transceiver module 901 is used to perform reception-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment.
可选的,收发模块901可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述方法实施例中的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述方法实施例中的接收操作。Optionally, the transceiver module 901 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the above method embodiment. The receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the above method embodiment.
需要说明的是,通信装置900可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置900可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置900执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。It should be noted that the communication device 900 may include a sending module but not a receiving module. Alternatively, communication device 900 may include a receiving module but not a transmitting module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 900 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
作为一种示例,该通信装置900用于执行上文图2所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。As an example, the communication device 900 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 above.
收发模块901,用于向终端设备发送第一参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,目标定时差是终端设备基于第一参考信号确定的。The transceiver module 901 is configured to send a first reference signal to the terminal device, and receive at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference from the terminal device. The target timing difference is determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal.
处理模块902,用于根据定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,确定目标定时差是否超定时范围。The processing module 902 is configured to determine whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range according to at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
可选的,收发模块901还用于执行图2所示的实施例中的步骤201a。Optionally, the transceiver module 901 is also used to perform step 201a in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
本申请的另一实施例中,收发模块901,用于接收终端设备上报的以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,测量间隙用于终端设备对目标小区或对目标小区的参考信号进行测量,目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,信号接收时间差为终端设备从目标小区接收信号与从服务小区接收信号的时间差,信号到达时间差为服务小区的信号和目标小区的信号达到终端设备的时间差,同步时间差为服务小区的同步信号和目标小区的同步信号的时间差;In another embodiment of the present application, the transceiver module 901 is configured to receive at least one of the following information reported by the terminal device: whether a measurement gap is required, a measurement gap, or a target time difference, where the measurement gap is used by the terminal device to measure the target The cell or the reference signal of the target cell is measured. The target time difference is the signal reception time difference, signal arrival time difference or synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the time difference between the terminal device receiving the signal from the target cell and the service cell. The signal arrival time difference is the service The time difference between the signal of the cell and the signal of the target cell reaches the terminal equipment. The synchronization time difference is the time difference between the synchronization signal of the serving cell and the synchronization signal of the target cell;
处理模块902,用于根据是否需要测量间隙、测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项与终端设备通信。The processing module 902 is configured to communicate with the terminal device according to whether at least one of a measurement gap, a measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
可选的,目标小区为测量中的小区、终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。Optionally, the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
可选的,收发模块901,还用于接收终端设备上报的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备是否需要测量间隙、终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙,以及终端设备是否支持上报测量间隙的门限值。Optionally, the transceiver module 901 is also used to receive capability information reported by the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires a measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting a measurement gap, and whether the terminal device supports reporting a measurement gap. threshold value.
应理解,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each module performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and will not be described again for the sake of brevity.
上文实施例中的处理模块902可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发模块901可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发模块901还可称为通信单元或通信接口。 存储单元可以通过至少一个存储器实现。The processing module 902 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit. The transceiver module 901 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit. The transceiver module 901 may also be called a communication unit or communication interface. The storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1000。该通信装置1000包括处理器1010,处理器1010与存储器1020耦合,存储器1020用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器1010用于执行存储器1020存储的计算机程序或指令和/或数据,使得上文方法实施例中的方法被执行。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000. The communication device 1000 includes a processor 1010. The processor 1010 is coupled to a memory 1020. The memory 1020 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data. The processor 1010 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 1020. The method in the above method embodiment is caused to be executed.
可选地,该通信装置1000包括的处理器1010为一个或多个。Optionally, the communication device 1000 includes one or more processors 1010 .
可选地,如图10所示,该通信装置1000还可以包括存储器1020。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10 , the communication device 1000 may further include a memory 1020 .
可选地,该通信装置1000包括的存储器1020可以为一个或多个。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may include one or more memories 1020 .
可选地,该存储器1020可以与该处理器1010集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 1020 can be integrated with the processor 1010 or provided separately.
可选地,如图10所示,该通信装置1000还可以包括收发器1030,收发器1030用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器1010用于控制收发器1030进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in Figure 10, the communication device 1000 may also include a transceiver 1030, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals. For example, the processor 1010 is used to control the transceiver 1030 to receive and/or transmit signals.
作为一种方案,该通信装置1000用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。As a solution, the communication device 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
例如,处理器1010用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理相关的操作,收发器1030用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的收发相关的操作。For example, the processor 1010 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and the transceiver 1030 is used to implement the transceiver-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
作为另一种方案,该通信装置1000用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。As another solution, the communication device 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
例如,处理器1010用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的操作,收发器1030用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的操作。For example, the processor 1010 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment, and the transceiver 1030 is used to implement the transceiver-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1100,该通信装置1100可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1100可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。This embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1100. The communication device 1100 may be a terminal device or a chip. The communication device 1100 may be used to perform operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
当该通信装置1100为终端设备时,图11示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。如图11所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、收发器,其中存储器可以存储计算机程序代码,收发器包括发射机1131、接收机1132、射频电路(图中未示出)、天线1133以及输入输出装置(图中未示出)。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device 1100 is a terminal device, FIG. 11 shows a simplified structural schematic diagram of the terminal device. As shown in Figure 11, the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory can store computer program codes. The transceiver includes a transmitter 1131, a receiver 1132, a radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), an antenna 1133, and an input Output device (not shown). The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, process data of software programs, etc. Memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. Radio frequency circuits are mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图11中仅示出了一个存储器、处理器和收发器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。 When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor. The processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of explanation, only one memory, processor and transceiver are shown in Figure 11. In an actual terminal equipment product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. Memory can also be called storage media or storage devices. The memory may be provided independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
如图11所示,终端设备包括处理器1110、存储器1120和收发器1130。处理器1110也可以称为处理单元,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等,收发器1130也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。As shown in Figure 11, the terminal device includes a processor 1110, a memory 1120 and a transceiver 1130. The processor 1110 may also be called a processing unit, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, etc., and the transceiver 1130 may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
可选地,可以将收发器1130中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发器1130中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发器1130包括接收器和发送器。收发器有时也可以称为收发机、收发单元、或收发电路等。接收器有时也可以称为接收机、接收单元、或接收电路等。发送器有时也可以称为发射机、发射单元或者发射电路等。Alternatively, the components in the transceiver 1130 used to implement the receiving function can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the components in the transceiver 1130 used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver 1130 includes a receiver and a transmitter. A transceiver may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver unit, or a transceiver circuit. The receiver may also be called a receiver, receiving unit, or receiving circuit. The transmitter may also be called a transmitter, a transmitting unit or a transmitting circuit.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1110用于执行图2所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作,收发器1130用于执行图2中终端设备侧的收发动作。例如,收发器1130用于执行图2所示的实施例中的步骤201和步骤203的收发操作。处理器1110用于执行图2所示的实施例中的步骤201和步骤202的处理操作。可选的,收发器1130还用于执行图2所示的实施例中的步骤201b的收发操作。For example, in one implementation, the processor 1110 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , and the transceiver 1130 is configured to perform sending and receiving actions on the terminal device side in FIG. 2 . For example, the transceiver 1130 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations of steps 201 and 203 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . The processor 1110 is configured to perform the processing operations of steps 201 and 202 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . Optionally, the transceiver 1130 is also used to perform the sending and receiving operations of step 201b in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1110用于执行图6所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作。处理器1110用于执行图6所示的实施例中的步骤601和步骤602的处理操作。For example, in one implementation, the processor 1110 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 . The processor 1110 is configured to perform the processing operations of steps 601 and 602 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1110用于执行图7所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作。处理器1110用于执行图7所示的实施例中的步骤701的处理操作。For example, in one implementation, the processor 1110 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 . The processor 1110 is configured to perform the processing operation of step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
应理解,图11仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的终端设备可以不依赖于图11所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 11 is only an example and not a limitation. The above-mentioned terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 11 .
当该通信装置1100为芯片时,该芯片包括处理器、存储器和收发器。其中,收发器可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理器可以为该芯片上集成的处理单元或者微处理器或者集成电路。上述方法实施例中终端设备的发送操作可以理解为芯片的输出,上述方法实施例中终端设备的接收操作可以理解为芯片的输入。When the communication device 1100 is a chip, the chip includes a processor, a memory and a transceiver. The transceiver may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processor may be a processing unit, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. The sending operation of the terminal device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the output of the chip, and the receiving operation of the terminal device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the input of the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1200,该通信装置1200可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1200可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作。This embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1200. The communication device 1200 may be a network device or a chip. The communication device 1200 may be used to perform the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
当该通信装置1200为网络设备时,例如为基站。图12示出了一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括1210部分、1220部分以及1230部分。1210部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等;1210部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理器,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。1220部分主要用于存储计算机程序代码和数据。1230部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1230部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1230部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线1233和射频电路(图中未示出),其中射频电路主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将1230部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收机,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发射机,即1230部分包括接收机1232和发射机1231。接收机也可以称为接收单元、接收器、或接收电路等,发送机可以称为发射单元、发射器或者发射电路等。 When the communication device 1200 is a network device, it is, for example, a base station. Figure 12 shows a simplified schematic structural diagram of a base station. The base station includes a 1210 part, a 1220 part and a 1230 part. Part 1210 is mainly used for baseband processing, controlling the base station, etc. Part 1210 is usually the control center of the base station, which can usually be called a processor, and is used to control the base station to perform processing operations on the network device side in the above method embodiments. Part 1220 is mainly used to store computer program code and data. The 1230 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1230 part can usually be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc. The transceiver unit of part 1230, which may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, includes an antenna 1233 and a radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), where the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device used to implement the receiving function in part 1230 can be regarded as a receiver, and the device used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a transmitter, that is, part 1230 includes a receiver 1232 and a transmitter 1231. The receiver may also be called a receiving unit, receiver, or receiving circuit, etc., and the transmitter may be called a transmitting unit, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
1210部分与1220部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。Parts 1210 and 1220 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processors at the same time. device.
例如,在一种实现方式中,1230部分的收发单元用于执行图2所示实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的步骤。1210部分的处理器用于执行图2所示实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的步骤。For example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit of part 1230 is used to perform transceiver-related steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . The processor of part 1210 is used to perform processing-related steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
应理解,图12仅为示例而非限定,上述包括处理器、存储器以及收发器的网络设备可以不依赖于图12所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 12 is only an example and not a limitation. The above-mentioned network device including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 12 .
当该通信装置1200为芯片时,该芯片包括收发器、存储器和处理器。其中,收发器可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理器为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。上述方法实施例中网络设备的发送操作可以理解为芯片的输出,上述方法实施例中网络设备的接收操作可以理解为芯片的输入。When the communication device 1200 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver, a memory and a processor. The transceiver may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processor may be a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. The sending operation of the network device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the output of the chip, and the receiving operation of the network device in the above method embodiment can be understood as the input of the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法,或由网络设备执行的方法的计算机指令。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which are stored computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法,或由网络设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or the method executed by the network device.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被计算机执行时使得该计算机实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法,或由网络设备执行的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the instructions are executed by a computer, the computer implements the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文实施例中的网络设备与终端设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the network device and terminal device in the above embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于调用该存储器中存储的计算机程度或计算机指令,以使得该处理器执行上述图2至图7所示的实施例的定时指示的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip device, including a processor for calling a computer program or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the timing instructions of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 2 to 7. method.
一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片装置的输入对应上述图2至图7所示的实施例中的接收操作,该芯片装置的输出对应上述图2至图7所示的实施例中的发送操作。In a possible implementation, the input of the chip device corresponds to the receiving operation in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 2 to 7 , and the output of the chip device corresponds to the sending operation in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 2 to 7 . operate.
可选的,该处理器通过接口与存储器耦合。Optionally, the processor is coupled to the memory through an interface.
可选的,该芯片装置还包括存储器,该存储器中存储有计算机程度或计算机指令。Optionally, the chip device further includes a memory, in which computer programs or computer instructions are stored.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器,微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述图2至图7所示的实施例的定时指示的方法的程序执行的集成电路。上述任一处提到的存储器可以为只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Among them, the processor mentioned in any of the above places can be a general central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above-mentioned Figures 2 to Figure 7 shows an integrated circuit for program execution of the timing indication method of the embodiment. The memory mentioned in any of the above places can be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), etc.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述方便和简洁,上述提供的任一种通信装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the explanation and beneficial effects of the relevant content in any of the communication devices provided above can be referred to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and will not be repeated here. Repeat.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备可以包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。其中,硬件层可以包括中央处理器(central  processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。操作系统层的操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。应用层可以包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. Among them, the hardware layer may include a central processing unit (central processing unit). Processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory) and other hardware. The operating system of the operating system layer can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc. The application layer can include applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the part that essentially contributes to the technical solution of the present application or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to A computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) is caused to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案范围。 As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solution of the present application, but not to limit it. Although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that they can still make the foregoing technical solutions. The technical solutions described in each embodiment may be modified, or some of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; however, these modifications or substitutions do not cause the essence of the corresponding technical solutions to depart from the scope of the technical solutions of each embodiment of the present application.

Claims (34)

  1. 一种定时指示的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of timing indication, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一参考信号;The terminal device receives the first reference signal sent by the network device;
    所述终端设备基于所述第一参考信号确定目标定时差;The terminal device determines a target timing difference based on the first reference signal;
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项,所述定时指示信息用于指示所述目标定时差是否超定时范围。The terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, where the timing indication information is used to indicate whether the target timing difference exceeds a timing range.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号,以得到所述第一参考信号的测量报告;The terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain a measurement report of the first reference signal;
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项,包括:The terminal device sends at least one of timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, including:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一参考信号的测量报告,所述定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项包含于所述测量报告中。The terminal device sends a measurement report of the first reference signal to the network device, and at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号为所述网络设备通过同步信号块SSB向所述终端设备发送的同步信号,或者,所述第二参考信号与所述第一参考信号是所述终端设备接收的一对信号,且归属于不同的测量资源集合;The terminal device receives a second reference signal. The second reference signal is a synchronization signal sent by the network device to the terminal device through a synchronization signal block SSB, or the second reference signal is the same as the first reference signal. The signals are a pair of signals received by the terminal device and belong to different measurement resource sets;
    所述终端设备基于所述第一参考信号确定目标定时差,包括:The terminal device determines a target timing difference based on the first reference signal, including:
    所述终端设备将所述第一参考信号和所述第二参考信号的接收定时差确定为所述目标定时差。The terminal device determines a reception timing difference between the first reference signal and the second reference signal as the target timing difference.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述目标定时差。The terminal device receives configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that before the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报能力信息,所述能力信息包括以下至少一项:所述终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量、所述终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的所述第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限、所述终端设备是否支持基于所述第一参考信号确定目标定时差、所述终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报所述目标定时差,以及所述终端设备是否支持上报所述目标定时差。The terminal device reports capability information to the network device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, and all requirements for timing measurement based on downlink signals by the terminal device. The bandwidth of the first reference signal is greater than a preset threshold, whether the terminal device supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in a measurement report, and the Whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备向网络设备发送定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that before the terminal device sends at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference to the network device, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合;其中,所述终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为所述终端设备与所述网络设备建立通信连接时探测参考信号SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合。The terminal device sends an initial capability value or an initial capability value set of the terminal device to the network device; wherein the initial capability value or initial capability value set of the terminal device is established between the terminal device and the network device. The capability value or capability value set of the detection reference signal SRS port during communication connection.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的目标上行发送定时,所述目标上行发送定时是所述目标定时差超范围时所述网络设备确定的; The terminal device receives the target uplink transmission timing from the network device, and the target uplink transmission timing is determined by the network device when the target timing difference exceeds the range;
    所述终端设备根据所述目标上行发送定时在目标波束上进行上行发送,所述目标波束是所述终端设备以接收所述第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。The terminal device performs uplink transmission on a target beam according to the target uplink transmission timing, and the target beam is an uplink transmission beam determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference.
  8. 一种定时指示的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of timing indication, characterized by including:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一参考信号;The network device sends the first reference signal to the terminal device;
    所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,所述目标定时差是所述终端设备基于所述第一参考信号确定的;The network device receives at least one of timing indication information and a target timing difference from the terminal device, the target timing difference being determined by the terminal device based on the first reference signal;
    所述网络设备根据所述定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项,确定所述目标定时差是否超定时范围。The network device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds a timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的定时指示信息和目标定时差中的至少一项,包括:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the network device receives at least one of timing indication information and target timing difference from the terminal device, including:
    所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的所述第一参考信号的测量报告,所述定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项包含于所述测量报告中。The network device receives a measurement report of the first reference signal from a terminal device, and at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is included in the measurement report.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    当所述目标定时差超定时范围时,所述网络设备为所述终端设备确定目标上行发送定时;When the target timing difference exceeds the timing range, the network device determines the target uplink transmission timing for the terminal device;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述目标上行发送定时,所述目标上行发送定时用于所述终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送,所述目标波束是所述终端设备以接收所述第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的上行发送波束。The network device sends the target uplink transmission timing to the terminal device. The target uplink transmission timing is used for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on a target beam. The target beam is the terminal device to receive the The beam of the first reference signal is used as the uplink transmission beam determined by the reference.
  11. 根据权利要求8-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-10, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述目标定时差。The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that before the network device sends the configuration information to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息包括以下至少一项:所述终端设备是否支持基于下行信号的定时测量、所述终端设备基于下行信号的定时测量所要求的所述第一参考信号的带宽大于预设门限、所述终端设备是否支持基于所述第一参考信号确定目标定时差、所述终端设备是否支持在测量报告中上报所述目标定时差,以及所述终端设备是否支持上报所述目标定时差。The network device receives capability information from the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device supports timing measurement based on downlink signals, and whether the terminal device supports timing measurement based on downlink signals. The bandwidth of the first reference signal is greater than a preset threshold, whether the terminal device supports determining the target timing difference based on the first reference signal, whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference in a measurement report, and the Whether the terminal device supports reporting the target timing difference.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项携带在第一消息中;或者,The method according to any one of claims 1-12, characterized in that at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference is carried in the first message; or,
    所述定时指示信息携带在第一消息中,所述目标定时差携带在第二消息中。The timing indication information is carried in the first message, and the target timing difference is carried in the second message.
  14. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定时指示信息用于指示所述目标定时差超范围表示:所述终端设备当前的上行发送定时不适用于所述终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;或者,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that the timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference is out of range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is not suitable for the terminal. The device's uplink transmission on the target beam; or,
    所述定时指示信息用于指示所述目标定时差不超范围表示:所述终端设备当前的上行发送定时适用于所述终端设备在目标波束上的上行发送;The timing indication information is used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the range, indicating that the current uplink transmission timing of the terminal device is suitable for the uplink transmission of the terminal device on the target beam;
    其中,所述目标波束是所述终端设备以接收所述第一参考信号的波束作为参考确定的 上行发送波束。Wherein, the target beam is determined by the terminal device using the beam that receives the first reference signal as a reference. Uplink transmit beam.
  15. 根据权利要求4或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括与所述第一指示信息关联的信息,所述与第一指示信息关联的信息包括SSB的索引、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的资源索引和路径损耗参考信号的索引中的至少一个索引;The method according to claim 4 or 11, characterized in that the configuration information also includes information associated with the first indication information, and the information associated with the first indication information includes an SSB index, channel state information At least one index among the resource index of the reference signal CSI-RS and the index of the path loss reference signal;
    所述与第一指示信息关联的信息用于指示所述终端设备上报所述至少一个索引对应的参考信号的测量报告时,上报所述目标定时差。The information associated with the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the target timing difference when reporting a measurement report of the reference signal corresponding to the at least one index.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括准同位指示信息,所述准同位指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报与所述至少一个索引对应的参考信号具有准同位关系的参考信号的测量报告时,上报所述目标定时差。The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the configuration information further includes quasi-colocation indication information, and the quasi-colocation indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report that the reference signal corresponding to the at least one index has quasi-colocation. When reporting the measurement of the co-located reference signal, the target timing difference is reported.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定时指示信息通过1bit的二进制数值来表示;或者,所述定时指示信息和所述目标定时差通过大于1bit的二进制数值来表示。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, characterized in that the timing indication information is represented by a 1-bit binary value; or, the timing indication information and the target timing difference are represented by a binary value greater than 1 bit. To represent.
  18. 根据权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定时指示信息通过目标能力值或目标能力值集合来表示,所述目标能力值或所述目标能力值集合表示所述终端设备确定所述目标定时差是否超定时范围时的上行发送能力值或能力值集合。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, characterized in that the timing indication information is represented by a target capability value or a set of target capability values, and the target capability value or the set of target capability values represents the The uplink transmission capability value or capability value set when the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的目标能力值或目标能力值集合为所述终端设备确定所述目标定时差是否超定时范围时的探测参考信号SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合。The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the target capability value or target capability value set of the terminal device is the capability of the detection reference signal SRS port when the terminal device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds the timing range. A collection of values or ability values.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合不同时指示所述目标定时差超定时范围;或者,具有相同SRS端口数的SRS端口的目标能力值或目标能力值集合相同时指示所述目标定时差不超定时范围。The method according to claim 19, characterized in that the target capability values or target capability value sets of SRS ports with the same SRS port number do not simultaneously indicate that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or, When the target capability values or target capability value sets of the SRS ports are the same, it indicates that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  21. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,所述目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示所述目标定时差超定时范围;或者,The method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is different from the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate The target timing difference exceeds the timing range; or,
    所述目标能力值等同于终端设备的所述初始能力值,或者,所述目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:用于指示所述目标定时差未超定时范围。The target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the target capability value set is equal to the initial capability value set of the terminal device: used to indicate that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述定时指示信息和所述目标定时差中的至少一项,确定所述目标定时差是否超定时范围,包括:The method of claim 20, wherein the network device determines whether the target timing difference exceeds a timing range based on at least one of the timing indication information and the target timing difference, including:
    所述网络设备将所述目标能力值与初始能力值进行比较,或者,所述网络设备将所述目标能力值集合与初始能力值集合进行比较,其中,所述终端设备的初始能力值或初始能力值集合为所述终端设备与所述网络设备建立通信连接时SRS端口的能力值或能力值集合;The network device compares the target capability value with an initial capability value, or the network device compares the target capability value set with an initial capability value set, wherein the initial capability value or initial capability value of the terminal device The capability value set is the capability value or capability value set of the SRS port when the terminal device establishes a communication connection with the network device;
    若所述目标能力值不同于终端设备的初始能力值,或者,所述目标能力值集合不同于终端设备的初始能力值集合,则所述网络设备确定所述目标定时差超定时范围;If the target capability value is different from the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the set of target capability values is different from the set of initial capability values of the terminal device, then the network device determines that the target timing difference exceeds the timing range;
    若所述目标能力值等同于终端设备的所述初始能力值,或者,所述目标能力值集合等同于终端设备的初始能力值集合:则所述网络设备确定所述目标定时差未超定时范围。If the target capability value is equal to the initial capability value of the terminal device, or the set of target capability values is equal to the set of initial capability values of the terminal device: then the network device determines that the target timing difference does not exceed the timing range. .
  23. 一种信息上报的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of reporting information, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号; The terminal equipment receives the first reference signal from the target cell;
    所述终端设备基于所述第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项:是否需要测量间隙、所述测量间隙,或者目标时间差,其中,所述测量间隙用于所述终端设备对所述目标小区或对所述目标小区的参考信号进行测量,所述目标时间差为信号接收时间差、信号到达时间差或者同步时间差,所述信号接收时间差为所述终端设备从所述目标小区接收信号与从所述服务小区接收信号的时间差,所述信号到达时间差为所述服务小区的信号和所述目标小区的信号达到所述终端设备的时间差,所述同步时间差为所述服务小区的同步信号和所述目标小区的同步信号的时间差。The terminal device determines whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal: whether a measurement gap is required, the measurement gap, or a target time difference, wherein the measurement gap is used for the terminal The device measures the target cell or the reference signal of the target cell. The target time difference is a signal reception time difference, a signal arrival time difference or a synchronization time difference. The signal reception time difference is the signal received by the terminal device from the target cell. The time difference between the signal and the signal received from the serving cell, the signal arrival time difference is the time difference between the signal of the serving cell and the signal of the target cell reaching the terminal equipment, the synchronization time difference is the synchronization of the serving cell The time difference between the signal and the synchronization signal of the target cell.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标小区为测量中的小区、所述终端设备移动过程中待切换到的候选小区,或者,多传输接收点TRP场景中的候选小区。The method according to claim 23, characterized in that the target cell is a cell under measurement, a candidate cell to be switched to when the terminal device moves, or a candidate cell in a multi-transmission reception point TRP scenario.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备基于所述第一参考信号确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项,包括:The method according to claim 23 or 24, characterized in that the terminal device determines whether to report at least one of the following information to the serving cell based on the first reference signal, including:
    所述终端设备基于所述第一参考信号以及目标信息确定是否向服务小区上报以下信息中的至少一项,所述目标信息包括所述服务小区与所述目标小区的下行定时差、所述服务小区的下行定时,以及第二参考信号中的至少一个,所述第二参考信号为除所述目标小区之外的其他小区的参考信号。The terminal device determines whether to report at least one of the following information to a serving cell based on the first reference signal and target information, where the target information includes a downlink timing difference between the serving cell and the target cell, the service The downlink timing of the cell, and at least one of the second reference signals, the second reference signals are reference signals of other cells except the target cell.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23-25, characterized in that the method further includes:
    当第一项和第二项的执行有冲突时,所述终端设备根据所述第一项和所述第二项的优化关系执行其中优先级高的一项,所述第一项为根据测量间隙执行对所述目标小区的周期性第一参考信号的测量,所述第二项为对所述服务小区的目标资源或目标信号的发送或接收。When there is a conflict between the execution of the first item and the second item, the terminal device executes the item with a higher priority based on the optimization relationship between the first item and the second item, and the first item is based on the measurement The gap performs measurement of the periodic first reference signal of the target cell, and the second item is the transmission or reception of target resources or target signals of the serving cell.
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23-26, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端设备从所述服务小区切换到所述目标小区后,向所述目标小区上报是否需要测量间隙、所述测量间隙,或者目标时间差中的至少一项。After the terminal device switches from the serving cell to the target cell, it reports to the target cell whether at least one of a measurement gap, the measurement gap, or a target time difference is required.
  28. 根据权利要求23-27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收来自目标小区的第一参考信号之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 27, characterized in that before the terminal device receives the first reference signal from the target cell, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述服务小区上报能力信息,所述能力信息包括以下至少一项:所述终端设备是否需要所述测量间隙、所述终端设备是否支持上报所述测量间隙,以及所述终端设备是否支持上报所述测量间隙的门限值。The terminal device reports capability information to the serving cell. The capability information includes at least one of the following: whether the terminal device requires the measurement gap, whether the terminal device supports reporting the measurement gap, and whether the terminal device Whether the device supports reporting the threshold value of the measurement gap.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备上报是否需要测量间隙或者上报所述测量间隙,包括:The method according to claim 28, characterized in that the terminal device reports whether a measurement gap is needed or reports the measurement gap, including:
    当所述目标时间差大于所述测量间隙的门限值时,所述终端设备上报需要测量间隙或者所述测量间隙。When the target time difference is greater than the threshold value of the measurement gap, the terminal device reports the need for a measurement gap or the measurement gap.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,所述收发模块用于执行上述权利要求1至7、8-22以及23-29中任一项所述方法的收发操作,所述处理模块用于执行上述权利要求1至7、8-22以及23-29中任一项所述方法的处理操作。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, and the transceiver module is used to perform the transceiver of the method described in any one of claims 1 to 7, 8-22, and 23-29. Operation, the processing module is configured to perform the processing operation of the method described in any one of claims 1 to 7, 8-22, and 23-29.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    存储器,用于存储计算机指令; Memory, used to store computer instructions;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序或计算机指令,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to execute computer programs or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 29.
  32. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行如权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 29.
  33. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored thereon. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 29.
  34. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product, characterized by comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 29.
PCT/CN2023/091451 2022-04-29 2023-04-28 Method for timing indication and communication apparatus WO2023208166A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210467501.5A CN117042104A (en) 2022-04-29 2022-04-29 Timing indication method and communication device
CN202210467501.5 2022-04-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023208166A1 true WO2023208166A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88517877

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/091451 WO2023208166A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-28 Method for timing indication and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117042104A (en)
WO (1) WO2023208166A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111052814A (en) * 2017-09-06 2020-04-21 华为技术有限公司 Client device, network access node and method thereof
US20210219255A1 (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-07-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Timing advance update for non-serving cell
WO2022019593A1 (en) * 2020-07-20 2022-01-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting signal in wireless communication system
CN114071690A (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information reporting method, information receiving method and related equipment
WO2022055329A1 (en) * 2020-09-14 2022-03-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for timing adjustment in a wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111052814A (en) * 2017-09-06 2020-04-21 华为技术有限公司 Client device, network access node and method thereof
US20210219255A1 (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-07-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Timing advance update for non-serving cell
WO2022019593A1 (en) * 2020-07-20 2022-01-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting signal in wireless communication system
CN114071690A (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information reporting method, information receiving method and related equipment
WO2022055329A1 (en) * 2020-09-14 2022-03-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for timing adjustment in a wireless communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117042104A (en) 2023-11-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11546020B2 (en) Communication method, communications apparatus, network device, and terminal
US20210337584A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2021022952A1 (en) Method and device for signal transmission
CN111586858A (en) Signal transmission method and communication device
WO2021163941A1 (en) Beam pair training method and communication apparatus
US11564213B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2023051188A1 (en) Group management method and communication apparatus
WO2023050472A1 (en) Method and apparatus for paging
CN112351451B (en) Beam failure recovery method and device
WO2023011195A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022267818A1 (en) Mobility management method and communication apparatus
EP3869897B1 (en) Methods and apparatus of spatial relation switching in new radio system
WO2023208166A1 (en) Method for timing indication and communication apparatus
JP2023502560A (en) Method and device used for channel quality measurement
WO2023088114A1 (en) Beam recovery method, beam failure detection method, and related apparatus
TWI815083B (en) Methods for spatial relation switching and user equipment
EP4346114A1 (en) User equipment and base station
WO2024032640A1 (en) Transmission configuration indicator (tci) mode configuration method, tci state indication method, and apparatus
WO2023241505A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023208145A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2024067412A1 (en) Beam determination method and related apparatus
WO2024021981A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024001931A1 (en) Antenna management method, and device and communication system
WO2024032767A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and related apparatus
WO2023273969A1 (en) Resource measurement method and communications apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23795598

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1